HILTI PROFIS Anchor Design Guide

PROFIS Anchor
Design Guide
Anchor design at a click.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
Table of Contents
Tension . . . . . .6
Tension Steel Strength . . . . . . .7
Equations Nsa cast-in-place. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Equations Nsa post-installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Equations Nsa versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Variables Ase,n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Variables futa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Variables n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Calculations Nsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Results Nsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Results Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Results steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Results nonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Results Nsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tension Concrete Breakout Strength . . .14

Equations Anc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations ANc0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Nb D-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Nb D-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Ncb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Ncbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Ncb or Ncbg versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations cp,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations ec,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations ed,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ca,min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables cac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ec1,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ec2,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables fc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables hef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables kc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables c,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ANc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ANc0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Nb D-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Nb D-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations cp,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ec1,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ec2,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ed,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Ncb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Ncbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Ncb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Ncbg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results nonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
18
20
21
24
24
28
32
33
36
37
37
38
39
39
39
40
41
43
45
46
46
46
47
47
49
51
52
Table of Contents
Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . 53
Equations Npn,fc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Npn,fc versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables fc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables Np,2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables c,p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations (fc 2500). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Npn,fc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Npn,fc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53
53
54
54
55
56
57
57
59
59
60
61
Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors . . . . . . .62

Equations NP = 8Abrgfc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations NPn = c,PNP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Npn Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables Abrg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables fc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables c,p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Npn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Npn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62
62
62
63
63
63
64
65
65
67
67
68
69

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . 70.

Equations ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Equations ANa0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Equations ccr,na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Equations Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Equations Na0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Equations Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Equations Na or Nag versus Nua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Equations ec,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Equations ed,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Equations g,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Equations g,Na0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Equations p,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Equations scr,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Equations ,max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Variables ca,min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Variables cac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Variables da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Variables ec1,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Variables ec2,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Variables fc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Variables hef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Variables bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Variables kc,xxx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Variables n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Variables savg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Variables k,uncr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Variables k,xxxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Calculations ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Calculations ANa0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Calculations ccr,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Calculations Na0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Calculations ec1,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Calculations ec2,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Calculations ed,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Calculations g,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Calculations g,Na0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Calculations p,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Calculations scr,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Calculations k,max,xxxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Results N,seis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Results Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Results Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Results Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Results N,seisNa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Results N,seisNag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Results bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Results nonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Table of Contents
Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength
for Cast-in-Place Anchors . . . . . . .115
Equations corner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Nsb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Nsbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Nsb or Nsbg versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables Abrg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ca1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ca2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables fc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nsb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nsbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nsb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nsbg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results nonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shear
Shear Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . .143

Equations AVc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations AVc0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vcb or Vcbg Vua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations ec,v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations ed,v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations h,v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vcb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vcbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ca1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ca2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables eV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables fc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables le. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables c,V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables parallel,V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations AVc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations AVc0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ec,V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ed,V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations h,V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Vb Equation D-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Vb Equation D-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
115
115
116
117
117
118
118
119
119
120
121
121
122
123
124
126
126
127
128
129
. . . . . . . . 130
Shear Steel Strength . . . . . . .131

Anchor Steel Strength in Shear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vsa for Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vsa for Headed Bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vsa for Headed Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vsa Seismic for Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vsa Static for Mechanical Anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vsa versus Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables V,seis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables Ase,V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables futa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables Vsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Vsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results eb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
131
131
132
132
133
133
134
135
135
136
136
136
137
138
138
138
139
139
141
143
144
144
145
147
148
148
148
148
149
150
152
152
154
155
155
156
158
158
159
160
160
163
164
164
164
165
165
165
166
166
168
169
169
Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls . . . . . . .172

Equations Vcp or Vcpg versus Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables kcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Vcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Vcpg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
172
172
173
174
177
177
178
178
179
180
180
182
183
Results Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Table of Contents
Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls . . . . . . . 186
Equations Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vcp or Vcpg versus Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables kcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Vcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Vcpg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
186
186
187
188
189
189
190
190
191
191
192
193
194
195
Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm . . . . . . .197

Equations Stand-off Condition None . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Vsm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations MS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations MS0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations (1 Nua /Nsa ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations VsM versus Vua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables fu,min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables z. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables d0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables Nsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations MS0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations (1 Nua /Nsa ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results VsM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results VSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
197
197
198
199
201
201
201
202
202
203
203
204
204
205
206
207
208
208
209
209
209
210
210
211
211
213
213
214

ACI 318-08 Seismic Provisions . . . . . . .216

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
217
218
220
222
224
226
ACI 318-11 Provisions. . . . . . . . 228

ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions
. . . . . . . 229
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
229
230
231
232
234
236
248
249
250
252
254
261
262
263
Table of Contents
ACI 318-11 Adhesive Anchor Provisions
. . . . . . . 264
Equations ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations ANa0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations cNa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Nba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations Na or Nag versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations cp,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations ec,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equations ed,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables N,seis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ca,min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables cac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ec1,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables ec2,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables hef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables kbond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variables k,c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ANa0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations cNa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations Nba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations cp,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ec1,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ec2,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculations ed,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
266
266
268
268
269
270
272
274
278
279
281
284
285
286
288
290
292
294
295
296
298
298
300
301
304
308
313
314
314
315
319
320
321
322
323
Factored Load Calculations
. . . . . . . 329
Load Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Equation Nn versus Nua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Equation Vn versus Vua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
% Utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Resultant Tension and Shear Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away From Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel To Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Interaction Calculations . . . . . . .346

Equations Tri-Linear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Equations Parabolic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Calculations % Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Base Plate Calculations . . . . . . .349

Design Assumptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Tension Forces on the Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Tension Eccentricity Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
ACI 318-11 Sustained Load Provisions . . . . . . .324

Sustained Load Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Tension
The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about
the following:
Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08
Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions
Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for
the information provided in the Design Report. Questions
about a particular section in the Design Report output can be
referenced directly to the corresponding section in the Design
Guide. All the information in the Hilti North American Product
Technical Guide, including data sourcing, caveats, limitations,
design principles, and assumptions, apply to all data and
calculations generated by PROFIS Anchor.
The TENSION section of the Design Guide provides
information on the tension design strengths calculated using
PROFIS Anchor.
Tension Steel Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors. . . . . . 53
Tension
Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors. . . . . 62

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors. . . . . . . . . 70
Tension Side-Face Blowout
Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors . . . . . . . . . 115
Tension Steel Strength
Equations Nsa cast-in-place

Equations
Reference
cast-in-place anchors
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3)
Nsa = nAse,N futa
Comments
PROFIS Anchor uses EQ. (D-3) to calculate the Nominal Steel Strength in
tension (Nsa) for a single cast-in-place anchor.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-3) in the Equations section of the Steel
Strength design parameters.
Equations Nsa post-installed

Equations
Reference
Comments
post-installed anchors
Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

for the selected anchor.
When designing post-installed anchors, PROFIS Anchor uses a pre-calculated

value for the Nominal Steel Strength in tension (Nsa) that is given in the
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor. This value corresponds to
Nominal Steel Strength (Nsa) for a single anchor calculated using EQ. (D-3).
Nsa = see ICC-ES ESR-xxxx
The Design Report for post-installed anchors shows EQ. (D-3) in the
Equations section of the Steel Strength design parameters but references
the ESR from which the value for Nsa has been taken.
Equations Nsa versus Nua

Equations
Reference
Nsa > Nua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1)
Comments
Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each
calculated Design Strength in tension (Nn) to the Factored Service Load in
tension (Nua) that has been input by the user.
When Nua is not equally distributed among the anchors in the connection,
PROFIS Anchor compares the Design Steel Strength in tension (Nsa) for a
single anchor to the highest loaded anchor in tension. When Nua is equally
distributed among the anchors in the connection, PROFIS Anchor compares
Nsa for a single anchor to Nua divided by the number of anchors in tension.
A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service
Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Variables Ase,n
Variables
Reference
Comments
A se,N
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3)
Ase,N is the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor in tension. Values

for Ase,N specific to each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in
the program internal database.
The Design Report shows Ase,N in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Variables futa
Variables
Reference
futa
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3)
Comments
futa is the specified tensile strength of the anchor steel. Values for futa specific
to each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in the program
internal database.
Cast-in-place anchor steel properties correspond to ASTM F1554 bolts and
AWS D1.1 headed studs. Post-installed anchor steel properties are given in
the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.
The Design Report shows futa in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Variables n
Variables
Reference
Comments
n
_______
1.000
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3)
PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 to calculate Nsa because some of the

anchors in the connection may be more highly loaded than others in the
connection. The Design Report shows n = 1.0 in the Variables section of the
Steel Strength design parameters.

Calculations Nsa
Calculations
Reference
Comments
Nsa
cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3)

post-installed anchor: value from ESR-xxxx
PROFIS Anchor calculates Nsa per EQ. (D-3) for a single cast-in-place anchor,
or uses the value given for Nsa in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
single post-installed anchor.
The Design Report shows the calculated value for Nsa in the Calculations
section and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

Results Nsa
Results
Reference
Comments
Nsa
cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3)

post-installed anchor: value from ESR-xxxx
PROFIS Anchor calculates Nsa per EQ. (D-3) for a single cast-in-place anchor,
or uses the value given for Nsa in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
The Design Report shows the calculated value for Nsa in the Calculations
section and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Results Nua
Results
Reference
Nua
Comments
Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (Nn) to a Factored
Service Load (Nua). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Nua as the factored tensile
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.
PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the
Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to
ACI 318-08.
Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired
value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.
Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then
clicking on the Enter loads icon.

10
Results Nua (continued)

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part
1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the
responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that
includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor assumes the factored loads input by the
user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads
acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The
sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or
shear.
Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors
being loaded in tension and some in compression. The Design Report shows
the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression loads
acting on the connection. This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/
Resulting anchor forces. PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for
anchors determined to be in compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Steel Strength in Part 3.

Tension Load and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Steel Strength, Nua corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for the anchors
that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a single
asterisk (*) next to Steel Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for the anchors
that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Nsa Nua must be satisfied. If the value for
Nsa shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the Design Report is
the value shown for Nua under the heading Load, the note OK will appear
under the heading Status. The statement Fastening meets the design
criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other
calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the corresponding
value for Nua or Vua respectively.
If the value for Nsa is < Nua, the note not recommended will appear under
the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the design
criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria
of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
The value shown under the heading Utilization N [%] in Part 3 of the
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / Nn. When evaluating Steel
Strength, Nua corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on
a single anchor for the anchors that are determined to be in tension as
described above. Nn corresponds to the Design Steel Strength Nsa as
defined above.

11
Results steel
Results
Reference
Comments
steel
cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.i

post-installed anchors: ICC-ES ESR-xxxx
PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.i to determine

the Steel Strength -factor for cast-in-place anchors. This value = 0.75 for
all cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio because all of these
anchors satisfy the definition of ductile steel element given in ACI 318-08,
Part D.1.
Steel Strength -factors used for post-installed anchors follow the provisions
of ACI 318-08, D.4.4; but the actual value for the -factor is derived from
testing. Therefore, the -factors for post-installed anchors are specific to an
anchor. The -factors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for
each anchor. PROFIS Anchor uses the -factor from the ESR to calculate the
Design Steel Strength for post-installed anchors.
The Design Report denotes the Steel Strength -factor as steel and shows
this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Results nonductile
Results
Reference
Comments
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defined in
ACI 318-08, Part 3.3.6 as nonductile. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths
corresponding to non-ductile failure modes.
For tension calculations, these modes include:
N
ominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the
definition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.
Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
Nominal Pullout Strength
Nominal Bond Strength
Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength
For shear calculations, these modes include:
N
S
teel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy
the definition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.
Nominal Pryout Strength
Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.
Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if
Seismic Design has been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon
in yellow.
Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. Values for nonductile can be input ranging
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputting values for
nonductile different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 to determine
if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI 318-08, ASCE 7 and
the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to the D.3.3.6 value of
nonductile = 0.4 if no specific value is input by the user.

12
Results nonductile (continued)

Results
Reference
Comments
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
The Design Report results to the left show how nonductile is applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-ductile
steel element.
The Design Report results to the left show how nonductile is not applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a ductile
steel element.
Results Nsa
Results
Reference
Nsa
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1)
Comments
Service Load (Nua).
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Strength as
Nsa and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
Design Steel Strength equals: steel * Nsa for non-seismic conditions.
Design Steel Strength equals: steel * nonductile * Nsa for seismic conditions.

13
Tension Concrete Breakout Strength
Equations Anc
Equations
Reference
ANc
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b)
Comments
ANc is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates ANc
per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.5.2.1(b).
The Design Report shows ANc in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters. The Design Report shows the
calculated value of ANc in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANc.
The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing and edge distance
parameters used to calculate ANc directly on the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter,
highlight it, and input the desired value.
Click the Enter key to set the new value.
Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout
tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.
Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,
then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

14
Equations ANc0
Equations
Reference
ANc0
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) and Equation (D-6 )
Comments
ANc0 is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor. It corresponds to the idealized area of influence
assumed to develop at the surface of the concrete when spacing and edge
distance are unlimited.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ANc0 per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated
in Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using a value input for effective embedment depth. Refer
to the illustration at the left.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-6) in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for ANc0 in the
Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Equations Nb
Equations
Nb = kc fc hef
1.5
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-7)
Nb is defined in ACI 318-08 as the basic concrete breakout strength in

tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete. Nb is multiplied by various
modification factors that account for anchor spacing and edge distances
(ANc / ANc0); eccentric loading (ec,n), edge distances < 1.5 hef (ed,n); uncracked
concrete (c,N); or splitting (cp,N) to determine the Nominal Concrete
Breakout Strength in tension.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-7) in the Equations section
of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Equations Nb
Equations
Reference
Nb = 16 fc hef 5 / 3
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculates Nb per Equation (D-8) for cast-in-place anchors
only, when 11 hef 25. PROFIS Anchor does not use EQ. (D-8) for postinstalled anchor calculations.
When EQ. (D-8) is used, kc = 16 and hef is raised to the 5/3 power.
Refer to the comments for Nb calculated using EQ. (D-7) for additional details
regarding Nb.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for Nb using
EQ. (D-8) in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.

15
Equations Ncb
Equations
A
Nc
ed,Nc,Ncp,N Nb
Ncb = _____
ANc0
Reference
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1(a) Equation (D-4)
Comments
Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (Ncb) for a
single cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor.
Equations Ncbg
Equations
A
Nc
Ncbg = _____
ec,Ned,Nc,N cp,N Nb
A
Nc0
Reference
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1(b) Equation (D-5)
Comments
Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (Ncbg) for a
group of cast-in-place anchors or for a group of post-installed anchors.
Equations Ncb or Ncbg versus Nua

Equations
Reference
Ncb or Ncbg Nua
Comments
ACI 318-08.


16
Equations cp,N
Equations
c
1.5 hef
a,min
cp,N = MAXIMUM _____
; ______
1.0
cac
cac

Reference
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7: Equation (D-13)
Comments
cp,N is the modification factor for splitting for anchors loaded in tension in
uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for splitting, cac,
corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in uncracked
concrete. cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance
for Strength Design calculations in tension of 1.5 hef.
cp,N is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a
possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an edge.
Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,
cp,N equals 1.0 for cast-in-place anchors.
PROFIS Anchor calculates (1.5 hef/cac) using the value for hef input by the user
and the value for cac given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
It compares this calculation to (ca,min/cac) where ca,min is the smallest edge
distance < 1.5 hef for the connection.
The value for cp,N shown in the Design Report equals:
MAX. {(ca,min/cac) ; (1.5 hef/cac)} < 1.0.
EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout
The calculated value for cp,N is shown in the Calculations section of the
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions
exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service
load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of
reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and postinstalled anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked
concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases
where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors
must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
will not develop cracks under service load conditions or the life of the
anchorage.
17
Equations ec,N
Equations
Reference
1
ec,N = ________
2 eN'
1 + ____
3 hef
Comments
ec,N is the modification factor for anchor groups loaded eccentrically in
tension.
of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated
value for ec,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ec,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the load
distribution among the anchors and identifies the anchors that are in tension.
This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.
The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing parameters used to calculate
ec,N directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate
spacing value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the Enter key
to set the new value.

18
Equations ec,n (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired
NOTE: P
ROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.
The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate
assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer
to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.
Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.
Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.
NOTE: P
The thickness value input is assumed to be sufficient to transfer
shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate
Calculations for more information.
Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate
length and width.

19
Equations ec,n (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions
input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the
connection. It uses a finite element program to determine the resultant axial
loads.
When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension
and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and
magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.
The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are
given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.
Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression
forces. It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,
and the magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the
location of the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally
calculated neutral axis.
Equations ed,N
Equations
Reference
ca,min
ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 ______
1.5 hef
Comments
ed,N is the modification factor for edge effects for anchors loaded in tension.
ed,N is included in the tension Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
calculation when the smallest edge distance (ca,min) is < 1.5 hef.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-11) in the Equations
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the
calculated value for ed,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters.

20
Variables Ca,min
Variables
Reference
ca,min
Comments
ca,min corresponds to the minimum anchor edge distance for the connection.
ca,min values for post-installed anchors are determined via testing and
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report specific to the anchor.
D.8.2 Unless determined in accordance with D.8.4.

minimum edge distances for cast-in headed anchors
that will not be torqued shall be based on specified
cover requirements for reinforcement in 7.7. For castin headed anchors that will be torqued the minimum
edge distances shall be 6da.
Values for cast-in-place anchors are based on ACI 318-08, Part D.8.2.
PROFIS Anchor users can select edge distance criteria for torqued or
untorqued conditions when designing cast-in-place anchors.
The minimum edge distance for untorqued CIP anchors is defined in PROFIS
Anchor as:
= minimum cover + minimum rebar size + minimum CIP anchor diameter
= 3/4" + 3/8" + 1/2" = 1.625"; rounded up to 1.75".
ca,min for cast-in-place anchors
Refer to 7.7.1 but disregard parameters for Shells and Folded Plate Members.
ca,min for HIT-RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system
ESR-3013, Part 4.1.9:

HY 150 MAX-SD
ESR-2262, Part 4.1.9:

HY 150 MAX-SD
When using adhesive anchors, edge distances less than the ca,min value
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report can be used. An edge
distance as small as 1.75 in can be used for all threaded rod diameters in a
given adhesive anchor portfolio.
Use of reduced edge distances also require use of a reduced installation
torque to minimize concrete edge failure.
ESR-2322, Part 4.1.10:

RE 500-SD
Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service
Report for installation torque values.
The information to the left was taken from ESR-3013 for HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD.
Figure 5 Instructions for use (IFU) as provided with product packaging (continued)

21
Variables Ca,min (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
Edge distance values for adhesive anchor systems can be input such that:
1.75 in edge distance < ca,min
PROFIS Anchor will highlight edge distances less than ca,min in red. Any
time a parameter is highlighted in red, it indicates that the value being input
is outside the range of values programmed into PROFIS Anchor for that
parameter. Post-installed anchor edge distance values are programmed to
coincide with the ca,min values given in the Evaluation Service Report. Edge
distance values < ca,min are therefore outside the range of ca,min. PROFIS
Anchor will not permit calculations to be made until the value is changed so
that it is within the range of values for that parameter, or until the user has
signified their understanding that the edge distance being input requires a
reduced installation torque. The Boundary Conditions in the Results pane
will indicate which parameter is being violated.
When an edge distance value < ca,min is input, it will be highlighted in red.
Refer to the Messages in the Results pane. The user will be prompted to
click on the Anchor layout tab, then go to the box titled Reduced Edge
Distance, then check the box titled Reduced Installation Torque.
Checking this box permits calculations to be made using the reduced edge
distance. The edge distance value will revert to black on the PROFIS Anchor
main screen. User's should keep in mind that Design Strengths calculated
using reduced edge distances presume the anchors will be installed with
the reduced installation torque given in the Evaluation Service Report for the
selected anchor.
The tool tip corresponding to reduced edge distances can be displayed by

placing the cursor over the Reduced Installation Torque option. It will serve
to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distance

22
Variables Ca,min (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
Edge distance values are input by the user and PROFIS Anchor determines
ca,min. The Design Report shows ca,min in the Variables section of the Concrete
The edge distance parameters used to calculate ca,min can be input directly on
the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance value,

23
Variables cac
Variables
Reference
cac
Comments
cac corresponds to the critical edge distance required to develop the basic
concrete breakout strength of a post-installed anchor in uncracked concrete
without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting. It corresponds to
the edge distance needed to minimize the potential of splitting in uncracked
concrete.
cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance for Strength
Design calculations in tension of 1.5 hef.
Splitting is only considered when using post-installed anchors because it
is a possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an
edge. cac is determined via testing and will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report specific to an anchor.
Illustration references
Section 4.1.10 in ICC-ES
ESR-2322 for HIT RE 500-SD.
Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore, cac
is not considered when using cast-in-place anchors.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows cac in the Variables section of the
Variables e'c1,N
Variables
Reference
e' c1,N
Comments
The value for e' c1,N corresponds to eccentricity in the x-direction and equals
the distance in the x-direction between the resultant tension force and the
centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
The Design Report shows e' c1,N in the Variables section of the Concrete
PROFIS Anchor determines e' c1,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
and base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the
load distribution among the anchors and identifies the anchors that are in
tension. This permits a determination of e' c1,N and the subsequent calculation
of ec1,N.

24
Variables e'c1,N (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
value. Click the enter key to set the new value.
The spacing parameters used to calculate ec1,N can be input directly on the
main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,
and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

25

Variables
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.

26

Variables
Reference
Comments
PROFIS Anchor users can use the data given in the Design Report to
determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (ec1,N).
The example shown to the left will be used to explain these calculations.
14,091 lb
(4.438, 0.000)
The moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
being in tension. The resultant tension force of 14,091 lb is calculated using a
finite element program.
Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information on
resultant load calculations.
For the example shown, there are six anchors spaced 6 in apart in the
x-direction and 5 in apart in the y-direction. The variable ec1,N corresponds
to the tension eccentricity that is used in the equation to calculate the
modification factor for eccentricity:
ec,N = modification for eccentricity when calculating concrete breakout
strength (Ncbg).
Note: eccentricity is only considered for anchor groups.
ec1,N is defined as the distance in the x-direction of the resultant tension load
from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
Per Part 2 of the Design Report, the resultant tension load (TR) is located
4.438 in from the center of the base plate in the +x direction. Likewise, only
four of the six anchors in the connection are in tension. The centroid of the
anchors that are in tension is located 3.000 in from the center of the base
plate in the +x direction.
The tension eccentricity in the x-direction (ec1,N ) = 1.438 in.
Part 3, Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension
eccentricity. Values are given for eccentricity in the x-direction and in the
y-direction.
The illustration to the left shows how PROFIS Anchor references the variables
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the x-direction is
denoted as ec1,N . The Design Report shows ec1N in the Variables section of
the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as
ec2,N . The value for ec2,N equals the distance in the y-direction between the
resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

27
Variables ec2,N
Variables
Reference
Comments
e c2,N
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4 EQ (D-9)
ec2,N corresponds to the tension eccentricity with respect to the y-direction.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ec2,N in the Variables section of the
PROFIS Anchor determines ec2,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
tension. This permits a determination of ec2,N and the subsequent calculation
of ec2,N.
value.
Click the enter key to set the new value.

28
Variables ec2,N (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.

29

Variables
Reference
Comments
loads.
The value for ec2,N corresponds to eccentricity in the y-direction and equals
the distance in the y-direction between the resultant tension force and the
The Design Report shows ec2,N in the Variables section of the Concrete
The moment about the x-axis of 240,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5

30

Variables
Reference
Comments
strength (Ncbg).
ec2,N is defined as the distance in the y-direction of the resultant tension load
8.592 in from the center of the base plate in the +y direction. Likewise, only
plate in the +y direction.
The tension eccentricity in the y-direction (ec2,N ) = 2.592 in.
y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the y-direction
is denoted as ec2,N. The Design Report shows ec2N in the Variables section of
If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as
ec1,N. The value for ec1,N equals the distance in the x-direction between the

31
Variables fc
Variables
Reference
fc
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5

D.3.5 The values of fc used for calculation purposes

in this appendix shall not exceed 10,000 psi for castin anchors and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.
Testing is required for post-installed anchors when
used in concrete with fc greater than 8,000 psi.
5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE
Comments
fc corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. The range of fc values in PROFIS Anchor is as
follows:
cast-in-place anchors: 2000 psi fc 10000 psi
post-installed anchors: 2500 psi fc 8000 psi
Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, for values specific to each
anchor.
The Design Report shows fc in the Variables section of the Concrete
ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
Users input a value for f'c by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking
on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive
strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired
value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set the new
value.

32
Variables hef
Variables
Reference
Comments
hef
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.3
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7
hef is defined as the effective embedment depth of an anchor. This

corresponds to the embedded portion of the anchor element that is effective
in transmitting the tension load from the anchor into the concrete.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows hef in the Variables section of the
PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for cast-in-place anchors
range from a minimum value of 4*anchor diameter to a maximum value of:
MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.
The minimum value of 4*diameter corresponds to the minimum embedment
noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
The 20*diameter value is approximate and may vary slightly for some castin-place anchor sizes. It likewise corresponds to the maximum embedment
noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.4
The 25 in value corresponds to the limit set in ACI 318-08, Part D.4.2.2.
corresponds to:
[4d0 ; 20d0]
The Messages pane will alert users when embedment depth values outside
the assumed range have been input. It will also note the embedment depth
range for a given anchor diameter that can be used for PROFIS Anchor
calculations.
Check Results pane via the View tab to view real time calculation results as
well as messages.
Select Cast-In-Place for the anchor type via the Loads tab.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter
using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the
main screen.

33
Variables hef (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth
and input an appropriate value for hef. Click the Enter key to set the new
value.
PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for adhesive anchors

The 4*diameter minimum value is approximate and may vary slightly for some
anchor sizes. Minimum embedment is derived from testing and corresponds
to the minimum embedment requirements noted for adhesive anchors per
ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
A 5/8" diameter anchor has been selected
and an embedment depth = 18" input.
corresponds to:
[4d0 ; 20d0]
The 20*diameter maximum embedment corresponds to the maximum

embedment noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part
1.2.2.4
calculations.
Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

34

Variables
Reference
Comments
main screen.
value.
The value for hef when designing mechanical anchors is pre-determined for
each anchor and embedment depths outside the pre-determined values
cannot be used. Refer to the mechanical anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report for embedment depths specific to that anchor.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type, diameter and
embedment depth using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane.
The embedment depth range will be shown in the drop down for each
mechanical anchor.

35
Variables kc
Variables
Reference
kc
cracked and uncracked conditions
Comments
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 EQ. (D-7)

D.5.2.2 The basic concrete breakout strength of a
single anchor in tension in cracked concrete, Nb, shall
not exceed
Nb = kc fc hef1.5
(D-7)
where
kc = 24 for cast-in anchors; and
kc = 17 for post-installed anchors.
The value of kc for post-installed anchors shall be
permitted to increased above 17 based on ACI 355.2
product-specific tests, but shall in no case exceed 24.
ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
kc is defined as the coefficient for basic concrete breakout strength in

tension.
When using cast-in-place anchors, the value for kc will be taken = 24 for
both cracked concrete conditions and uncracked concrete conditions.
Modifications for uncracked concrete conditions will be made via the factor
c,N.
When using post-installed anchors, kc is derived from testing. The value used
in conjunction with Equation (D-7) will be specific to cracked concrete or
uncracked concrete conditions and likewise specific to a particular anchor.
This value is given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
ESR-3027 for
KWIK HUS-EZ
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows kc in the Variables section of the


material tab, then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
anchorage.
36
Variables
Variables
Reference
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2
Comments
is a modification factor for lightweight concrete. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-08
calculations are all relative to normal weight concrete and will be shown =
1.0 in the Design Reports. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 calculations include
provisions for designing with both lightweight and normal weight concrete.
The Design Report shows in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
Variables c,N
Variables
Reference
c,N
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.6
D.5.2.6 For anchors located in a region of a
concrete member when analysis indicates no cracking
at service load levels, the following modification factor
shall be permitted
c,N = 1.25 for cast-in anchors; and
c,N = 1.4 for post installed anchors, where the value of
kc used in Eq. (D-7) is 17.
Where the value of kc used in Eq. (D-7) is taken from
the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report for postinstalled anchors qualified for use in both cracked and
uncracked concrete, the values of kc and c,N shall be
based on the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report.
RD.5.2.6 Post-installed and cast-in anchors that

have not met the requirements for use in cracked
concrete according to ACI 355.2 ahould be used
in uncracked regions only. The analysis for the
determination of crack formation should include the
effects of restrained shrinkage (see 7.12.1.2). The
anchor qualification tests of ACI 355.2 require that
anchors in cracked concrete zones perform well
in a crack that is 0.012 in. wide. If wider cracks are
expected, confining reinforcement to control the crack
width to about 0.012 in. should be provided.
Where the value of kc used in Eq. (D-7) is taken from

the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report for postinstalled anchors qualified for use in uncracked
concrete, c,N shall be taken as 1.0.

Comments
c,N is the factor used to modify the Design Concrete Breakout Strength in
tension for either cracked or uncracked concrete conditions.

anchorage.
PROFIS Anchor uses the following values for c,N:

c,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete
c,N = 1.25 for uncracked concrete
c,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete
c,N = 1.0 for uncracked concrete
When calculating Design Concrete Breakout Strength in tension for postinstalled anchors, PROFIS Anchor accounts for cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions via the value for kc that is used to calculate the basic
concrete breakout strength in tension, Nb.
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor always utilizes c,N = 1.0 for post-installed
anchors.
Values for c,N are shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
37
Calculations ANc
Calculations
Reference
ANc
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b)
Comments
ANc is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates ANc
per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.5.2.1(b).
The Design Report shows ANc in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters. The Design Report shows the
calculated value of ANc in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANc.
parameters used to calculate ANc directly on the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter,

38
Calculations ANc0
Calculations
Reference
ANc0
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) and Equation (D-6)
Comments
ANc0 is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor. It corresponds to the idealized area of influence
assumed to develop at the surface of the concrete when spacing and edge
distance are unlimited.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ANc0 per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated
in Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using a value input for effective embedment depth. Refer
to the illustration at the left.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for ANc0 in the
Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Calculations Nb
Calculations
Nb = kc fc hef 1.5
Reference
Comments
Nb is defined in ACI 318-08 as the basic concrete breakout strength in

tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete. Nb is multiplied by various
modification factors that account for anchor spacing and edge distances
(ANc / ANc0); eccentric loading (ec,N), edge distances < 1.5 hef (ed,N); uncracked
concrete (c,N); or splitting (cp,N) to determine the Nominal Concrete Breakout
Strength in tension.
value for Nb using EQ. (D-7) in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Calculations Nb
Calculations
Nb = 16 fc hef
5/3
Reference
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculates Nb per Equation (D-8) for cast-in-place anchors
only, when 11" hef 25". PROFIS Anchor does not use EQ. (D-8) for postinstalled anchor calculations.
When EQ. (D-8) is used, kc = 16 and hef is raised to the 5/3 power.
Refer to the comments for Nb calculated using EQ. (D-7) for additional details
regarding Nb.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for Nb using
EQ. (D-8) in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.

39
Calculations cp,N
Calculations
Reference
c
1.5 hef
a,min
cp,N = MAXIMUM _____
; ______
1.0
cac
cac

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7: Equation (D-13 )
Comments
cp,N is the modification factor for splitting for anchors loaded in tension in
uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for splitting, cac,
corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in uncracked
concrete. cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance
for Strength Design calculations in tension of 1.5 hef.
cp,N is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a
Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,
cp,N equals 1.0 for cast-in-place anchors.
PROFIS Anchor calculates (1.5 hef/cac) using the value for hef input by the user
distance < 1.5 hef for the connection. The value for cp,N shown in the Design
Report equals:
MAX. {(ca,min/cac) ; (1.5 hef/cac)} 1.0.
EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout
The calculated value for cp,N is shown in the Calculations section of the


anchorage.
40
Calculations ec1,N
Calculations
1
ec1,N = ________
2
eN'
____
1 + 3 hef
Reference
Comments
ec1,N is the modification factor for anchor groups loaded in tension with
eccentricity in the x-direction.
value for ec1,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ec1,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
tension. This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.
The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing parameters used to calculate
ec directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing
value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the
new value.

41
Calculations ec1,N (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
length and width.
loads.

42
Calculations ec2,N
Calculations
1
ec2,N = ________
2
eN'
____
1 + 3 hef
Reference
Comments
ec2,N is the modification factor for anchor groups loaded in tension with
eccentricity in the y-direction.
value for ec2,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ec2,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
tension. This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.
Anchor spacing values used to calculate ec2,N can be input directly on the

43

Calculations
Reference
Comments
length and width.

44

Calculations
Reference
Comments
loads.
Calculations ed,N
Calculations
Reference
Comments
ca,min
ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 ______
1.5 hef
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5: Equation (D-11 )
ed,N is the modification factor for edge effects for anchors loaded in tension.
ed,N is included in the tension Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
calculation when the smallest edge distance (ca,min) is < 1.5 hef.
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the
calculated value for ed,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete

45
Results Ncb
Results
Reference
Ncb
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 Equation (D-4) for a single anchor
Nc
Ncb = _____
ed,Nc,Ncp,N Nb
ANc0
Comments
Ncb corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a single
cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. PROFIS Anchor
calculates Ncb per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 EQ. (D-4) using the calculated
values for ANc, ANc0, ed,N, cp,N, Nb shown in the Calculations section of the
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using the value for c,N
shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
The result of the calculation for Ncb is shown in the Results section of the
Concrete Breakout design parameters.
Results Ncbg
Results
Reference
Comments
Ncbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 Equation (D-5 ) for a group of anchors
Ncbg corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a group

of cast-in-place anchors or for a group of post-installed anchors. PROFIS
Anchor calculates Ncbg per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 EQ. (D-5) using the
calculated values for ANc, ANc0, ec,N, ed,N, cp,N, Nb shown in the Calculations
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using
the value for c,N shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
Nc
Ncbg = _____
ec,Ned,Nc,N cp,N Nb
ANc0
The result of the calculation for Ncbg is shown in the Results section of the
Concrete Breakout design parameters.
Results Ncb
Results
Reference
Ncb
Comments
Service Load (Nua). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions
by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength
Design according to ACI 318-08.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Concrete Breakout
Strength for a single anchor as Ncb and shows this value in the Results
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a single anchor equals:
concrete * Ncb for non-seismic conditions.
concrete * seismic * nonductile * Ncb for seismic conditions.

46
Results Ncbg
Results
Reference
Ncbg
Comments
Service Load (Nua). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions
Strength for a group of anchors as Ncbg and shows this value in the Results
Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of anchors equals:
concrete * Ncbg for non-seismic conditions.
concrete * seismic * nonductile * Ncbg for seismic conditions.
Results Nua
Results
Reference
Nua
Comments
ACI 318-08.

47

Results
Reference
Comments

shear.

48

Results
Reference
Comments
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength
in Part 3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout
Strength design parameters. When evaluating Design Concrete Breakout
Strength, Nua corresponds to the total factored tension load acting on the
number of anchors that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension
load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Concrete Breakout Strength
indicating that the value for Nua pertains to the total factored tension load
acting on the number of anchors that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Ncb Nua or Ncbg Nua must be satisfied. If
the value for Ncb or Ncbg shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of
the Design Report is the value shown for Nua under the heading Load, the
note OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening
meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if
all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the
corresponding value for Nua or Vua respectively.
If the value for Ncb or Ncbg is < Nua, the note not recommended will
appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet
the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because
the criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / Nn. When evaluating Concrete
Breakout Strength, Nua corresponds to the total factored tension load acting
on the anchors in the connection as defined above. Nn corresponds to the
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (Ncb or Ncbg) as defined above.
Results concrete
Results
Reference
concrete
cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.ii

post-installed anchors: reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor
Comments
c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face

blowout, pullout, or pryout strength

Condition A
Condition B
0.75
0.70
0.75
0.70
i) Shear loads
II) Tension loads
Cast-in headed studs,
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts
Post-installed anchors
with category as determined
from ACI 355.2
Category 1
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
0.75
0.65
Category 2
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
0.65
0.55
Category 3
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
0.55
0.45

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor

corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength in tension as concrete. The value
for concrete is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits
selection of concrete values based on either Condition A or Condition B as
given in D.4.4.c.ii.
49
Results concrete (continued)

Results
Reference
Comments
Post-installed anchor values for concrete are determined via testing. Condition
B is typically selected when using post-installed anchors because it is
reasonable to assume that the concrete does not include supplementary
reinforcement specific to the anchors.
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report
for the anchor will show concrete values corresponding to Condition B.
Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been
verified that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,
and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity
associated with Condition A.
Post-installed anchor Condition A concrete factors may be included in the
Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. If they are not included, PROFIS
Anchor will use the Condition A values for concrete given in D.4.4.c.ii.
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor
D.4.4c.ii
Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement
is present except for pullout and pryout strength.
D.4.4c.ii
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement
is not present, and for pullout and pryout strength.

Per D.4.4.c.ii, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B concrete factors

when calculating the following Design Strengths:
concreteNpn pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors
concreteNpn,fc pullout strength for mechanical anchors
concreteVcp and concreteVcpg pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
mechanical and adhesive post-installed
anchors
50
Results seismic
Results
Reference
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
Comments
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as seismic. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor
design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for
structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.
Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information
about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.
seismic = 0.75
D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75Nn
and 0.75Vn where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and
Nn and Vn are determined in accordance with D.5.2,
D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete
is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the
concrete remains uncracked.

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design
icon in yellow.
PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design
Strengths.
seismic is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design
for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
seismic = 0.75.
When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes
design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show
seismic .

51
Results nonductile
Results
Reference
Comments
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defined in ACI 318-08, Part
D.3.3.6 as nonductile. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding
to non-ductile failure modes.
D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the
anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud
bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design
strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design
strength determined in accoudance with D.3.3.3.

N
N
Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

icon in yellow.
Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for nonductile
ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when
inputting values for nonductile different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part
D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI
318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to
the D.3.3.6 value of nonductile = 0.4 if no specific value is input by the user.
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Concrete

52
Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors
Equations Npn,fc
Equations
Npn,fc = Np,2500
fc
______
2500
Reference
Mechanical anchors only. Refer to the specific
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
Comments
Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single
mechanical anchor. This equation is given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report for the anchor.
The Design Report shows Npn,f'c in the Equations section of the Pullout
Strength design parameters and the calculation results for Npn,f'c in the
Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
Equations Npn,fc versus Nua

Equations
Reference
Npn,f'c Nua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-1)
Comments
ACI 318-08.


53
Variables fc
Variables
Reference
f'c
Comments
f'c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'c included in the portfolio for postinstalled anchors are:
2500 psi f'c 8000 psi.
Reference the anchor Evaluation Service Report for specific f'c values.
The Design Report shows f'c in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
value.
Variables Np,2500
Variables
Reference
Comments
Np,2500
The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a mechanical anchor will provide
pullout values derived from testing in 2500 psi concrete that are specific to an
anchor diameter, embedment depth, concrete condition and load condition.
PROFIS Anchor designates this value as Np,2500.
Designations for Np,2500 that are given in the Evaluation Service Report
correspond to concrete conditions and/or load conditions. Examples of these
designations are:
Np,cr for the static pullout load in 2500 psi cracked concrete
Np,uncr for the static pullout load in 2500 psi uncracked concrete
Np,seis for the seismic pullout load in 2500 psi cracked concrete.
PROFIS Anchor uses the designation Np,2500 to generically define the pullout
value for 2500 psi concrete given in the Evaluation Service Report. However,
the pullout value used in calculations will be specific to cracked concrete,
uncracked concrete or seismic conditions based on the parameters input
by the user. The Design Report shows Np,2500 in the Variables section of the
Pullout Strength design parameters.

54
Variables Np,2500 (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
If pullout is not a controlling condition for a given set of parameters, no value

for Np,xxxx is given in the Evaluation Service Report and NA will be shown.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report will likewise show NA for Pullout
Strength in the summary given in Part 3, Tension Load.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform pullout calculations for applications

involving concrete on metal deck. Bond Strength is calculated in lieu of
Pullout Strength when designing adhesive anchors.
Variables c,p
Variables
Reference
Comments
c,p
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6
c,p is the Pullout Strength modification factor for cracked or uncracked

concrete conditions. PROFIS Anchor calculates c,p for cast-in-place anchors
per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 depending on whether cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions have been selected via the Base Material tab.
The Design Report shows c,p in the Variables section of the Pullout
c,p will always be shown = 1.0 for mechanical anchors because cracked or
uncracked concrete conditions are accounted for via the Np,2500 value.

55
Calculations (fc 2500)

Calculations
fc
______
2500
Reference
Comments
Refer to the specific ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
The value (f'c / 2500)0.5 is used to normalize the value for pullout strength
given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, which corresponds to pullout
of a single mechanical anchor in 2500 psi concrete, with the concrete
compressive strength being used in the anchor design.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows (f'c / 2500)0.5 in the Calculations
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
f'c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in the
PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'c included in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio for post-installed anchors are: 2500 psi f'c 8000 psi. Reference
the anchor Evaluation Service Report for specific f'c values.
value.
design parameters.

56
Results Npn,f'c
Results
Reference
Npn,f'c
Mechanical anchors only. Refer to the specific

ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
Npn,fc = Np,2500
fc
______
2500
Comments
Calculated value for the Nominal Pullout Strength of a single mechanical
anchor. Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to calculate
Npn,f'c in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and
the calculated value for Npn,f'c in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
Results Nua
Results
Reference
Comments
Nua
ACI 318-08, Part Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1)

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor users select
Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting
and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.
Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection

can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and
entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking
on the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

57

Results
Reference
Comments
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the factored loads input by the
user in Part 1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors.
It is the responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load
value that includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions
assume that the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in
ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
shear.
being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides
information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and
compression loads acting on the connection. This information is shown in
Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report. PROFIS
Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to be in
compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Pullout Strength in Part
3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pullout Strength, Nua corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for those anchors
asterisk (*) next to Pullout Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains
to the highest tension load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Npn,f'c Nua must be satisfied. If the value
for Npn,f'c shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the Design
Report is the value shown for Nua under the heading Load, the note
OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening
If the value for Npn,f'c is Nua, the note not recommended will appear
under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the
design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the
criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / Nn. When evaluating Pullout
Strength, Nua corresponds to the factored tension load acting on a single
anchor as described above. Nn corresponds to the Design Pullout Strength
(Npn,f'c) for a single anchor as defined above.

58
Results Npn,f'c
Results
Reference
Npn,f'c
Comments
The Design Pullout Strength for a single mechanical anchor equals the
product of:
concrete * seismic * nonductile * Npn,f'c.


Results concrete
Results
Reference
concrete
Comments
corresponding to Pullout Strength in tension as concrete. The value for concrete
is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
reasonable to assume that concrete does not include supplementary
Anchor will use the Condition A values for concrete given in D.4.4.c.ii.
D.4.4.c.ii
is present except for pullout and pryout strengths.
D.4.4.c.ii


concreteNpn,f'c pullout strength for mechanical anchors
anchors
59
Results nonductile
Results
Reference
Comments
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

N
N
S

icon in yellow.
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.

60
Results seismic
Results
Reference
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
Comments

seismic = 0.75


icon in yellow.
Strengths, including Design Bond Strength.
The value for seismic is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes
design for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
seismic = 0.75.
seismic.

61
Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors
Equations NP = 8Abrgfc
Equations
Reference
Comments
NP = 8Abrgf'c
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15)
Equation used to calculate the pullout strength in tension of a single headed

stud or headed bolt (Np) for use in EQ. (D-14). The PROFIS Anchor Design
Report shows EQ. (D-15) in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters and the calculated value for Np in the Calculations
Equations NPn = c,PNP

Equations
Reference
NPn = c,PNP
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.1 EQ. (D-14)
Comments
Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single cast-inplace anchor.
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and the calculation results
for Npn in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor only calculates EQ. (D-14) using EQ. (D-15) for a headed
stud or a headed bolt. It does not perform pullout calculations for hooked
bolts per EQ. (D-16) in ACI 318-08, Appendix D because hooked bolts are not
included in the PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place anchor portfolio.
Equations Npn Nua

Equations
Reference
Npn Nua
Comments
ACI 318-08.


62
Variables Abrg
Variables
Reference
Abrg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15)
Comments
Abrg corresponds to the net bearing area of the head of a stud or anchor
bolt. It is used in EQ. (D-15) to calculate Np for cast-in-place anchors. Values
of Abrg corresponding to the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio are stored in the software internal database.
The Design Report shows Abrg in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
Variables f'c
Variables
Reference
f'c
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15)
Comments
f'c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'c included in the portfolio for castin-place anchors range as follows:
2000 psi < f'c < 10000 psi
(reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5).
on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom Value for
compressive strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the
desired value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set
the new value.
design parameters.
Variables c,p
Variables
Reference
Comments
c,p
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6
c,p is the Pullout Strength modification factor for cracked or uncracked

concrete conditions. PROFIS Anchor calculates c,p for cast-in-place anchors
per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 depending on whether cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions are assumed.
c,p = 1.0 if cracked concrete conditions are assumed
c,p = 1.4 if uncracked concrete conditions are assumed
The Design Report shows c,p in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its
tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and
distribution are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection
of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under
seismic loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be
approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors
since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased
displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels
will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

anchorage.

63
Calculations NP
Calculations
Reference
Comments
NP
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15)
Equation used to calculate the pullout strength in tension of a single headed

stud or headed bolt (Np) for use in EQ. (D-14). The PROFIS Anchor Design
Report shows EQ. (D-15) in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters and the calculated value for Np in the Calculations
NP = 8Abrgf'c

64
Results Npn
Results
Reference
Npn
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.1 EQ. (D-14)

Npn = c,PNP
Comments
Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single cast-inplace anchor.
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and the calculation results
for Npn in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor only calculates EQ. (D-14) using EQ. (D-15) for a headed
stud or a headed bolt. It does not perform pullout calculations for hooked
bolts per EQ. (D-16) in ACI 318-08, Appendix D because hooked bolts are
not included in the PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place anchor portfolio.
Results Nua
Results
Reference
Nua
Comments


entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on
the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

65

Results
Reference
Comments
includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that
the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08
Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads acting
on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The sum
of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or shear.
Anchor does not perform calculations for anchors determined to be in
compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Pullout Strength in Part 3.
Tension Load and in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pullout Strength, Nua corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for those anchors
asterisk (*) next to Pullout Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains
to the highest tension load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Npn Nua must be satisfied. If the value for
Npn shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the Design Report is
the value shown for Nua under the heading Load, the note OK will appear
criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other
If the value for Npn is < Nua, the note not recommended will appear under
criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria
of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / Nn. When evaluating Pullout
Strength, Nua corresponds to the factored tension load acting on a single
anchor as described above. Nn corresponds to the Design Pullout Strength
(Npn) for a single anchor as defined above.

66
Results Npn
Results
Reference
Npn
Comments
The Design Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-place anchor equals the
product of:
concrete * seismic * nonductile * Npn.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as Npn in the Results

Results concrete
Results
Reference
concrete

Comments


Condition A
Condition B
0.75
0.70
0.75
0.70
i) Shear loads
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts

corresponding to Pullout Strength in tension as concrete. The value for concrete
is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
from ACI 355.2
Category 1 0.75 0.65
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)

67

Results
Reference
D.4.4.c.ii
is present except for pullout and pryout strengths.
Comments
concreteNpn,f'c pullout strength for mechanical anchors
D.4.4.c.ii

anchors
Results
Reference
Comments
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
Results nonductile


N
N
S
icon in yellow.
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.

68
Results seismic
Results
Reference
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
Comments

seismic = 0.75


icon in yellow.
Strengths,including Design Bond Strength.
The value for seismic is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes
design for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
seismic = 0.75.
seismic.

69
Tension Bond Strength

Adhesive Anchors
Equations ANa
Equations
Reference
ANa
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7
Comments
ANa is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the
failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors. It corresponds to the
area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete from the bonding of
adhesive anchors. ANa is determined using an equation similar to that shown
in ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b). Specifically, ANa is calculated by replacing
the term 1.5 hef in the illustration with ccr,Na and replacing the term 3.0 hef with
scr,Na.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa. The term
(scr,Na / 2) equals ccr,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ANa in the Equations section of
the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for ANa in the
Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Users can input the spacing and edge distance parameters used to calculate
ANa directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing
or edge distance parameter, highlight it and input the desired value.

70

Adhesive Anchors
Equations ANa0
Equations
Reference
ANa0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16c)
Comments
ANa0 is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the
failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges. It
corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete from
the bonding of a single adhesive anchor without any influence from edges or
anchor spacing. PROFIS Anchor calculates ANa0 as illustrated in ACI 318-08,
Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using the value for critical edge distance (ccr,Na) in lieu of
1.5 hef, where ccr,Na equals the critical spacing (scr,Na) divided by 2.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa0.
The term (scr,Na / 2) equals ccr,Na.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16c) in the Equations section of the Bond
Strength design parameters, and calculated value for ANa0 in the Calculations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Equations Ccr,Na
Equations
Scr,Na
Ccr,Na = _____
2
Reference
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16e)
Comments
ccr,Na is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical edge distance
and corresponds to the maximum assumed edge distance for an adhesive
anchor.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ccr,Na per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16e).
The illustration to the left shows how ccr,Na is calculated.
ccr,Na = (scr,Na / 2).
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16e) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ccr,Na in the
Equations Na
Equations
A
Na
Na = ____
ed,Nap,NaNa0
A
Na0
Reference
Comments
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16a)
Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength (Na ) for a single adhesive
anchor. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16a) in the
Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

71

Adhesive Anchors
Equations Na0
Equations
Reference
Na0 = ,xxxxbonddhef
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 EQ. (D-16f)
Comments
Na0 is defined as the basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows a modified version of ICC-ES
AC308 EQ. (D-16f) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. The modified version of EQ. (D-16f) includes the -factor for
installation conditions given in the Bond Strength Tables of the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Reports for adhesive anchors.
The Design Report shows the calculated value for Na0 in the Calculations
Equations Nag
Equations
A
Na
Nag = ____
ed,Nag,Naec,Nap,NaNa0
ANa0
Reference
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16b)
Comments
Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength (Nag) for a group of
adhesive anchors. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16b) in
the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Equations Na or Nag versus Nua

Equations
Reference
Comments
Na or Nag Nua


72

Adhesive Anchors
Equations ec,Na
Equations
1
ec,Na = ________
2 eN'
1 + ____
scr,Na
Reference
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.11 EQ. (D-16j)
Comments
ec,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
ecccentrically in tension. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters, and the calculated value for ec,Na in the Calculations section of
the Bond Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing
parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the
resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that
are in tension is determined via these calculations.
Anchor spacing parameters used to calculate ec,Na can be input directly

on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value,
highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new
value.

73

Adhesive Anchors
Equations ec,Na (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
value. Click the enter" key to set the new value.
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.

74

Adhesive Anchors

Equations
Reference
Comments
loads.
Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces.
It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,and the
magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the location of
the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally calculated
neutral axis.
Equations ed,Na
Equations
c
a,min
ed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3 _____
c
cr,Na
Reference
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.12 EQ. (D-16m)
Comments
ed,Na is the adhesive anchor tension modification factor for edge effects.
ed,Na is included in the Nominal Bond Strength calculation when the smallest
edge distance (ca,min) is < ccr,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16m) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value
for ed,Na in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Equations g,Na
Equations
s
0.5
avg
______
g,Na = g,Na0 +
(1 g,Na0)
Scr,Na
Reference
Comments
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16g)
g,Na is defined in Part D.5.3.10 of ICC-ES AC308 as the modification factor

for group action when adhesive anchors are loaded in tension. This factor
is used to correlate the interaction that takes place between the anchor
elements, their embedment, the adhesive, and the concrete when a tension
load is applied to a group of adhesive anchors. It is an adjustment factor
that permits the influence of the anchor group to be further considered in
calculating the Nominal Bond Strength for the group.
The illustration to the left shows how the parameters noted above can
influence the calculation of Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16g) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for
g,Na in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

75

Adhesive Anchors
Equations gNa (continued)

Equations
Reference
0.5
avg
g,Na = g,Na0 + ______
(1 g,Na0)
Scr,Na
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the value s shown in EQ. (D-16g) of
ICC-ES AC308 corresponds to the average spacing for those anchors that
are in tension.
PROFIS Anchor determines the average anchor spacing using the spacing
values that have been input for the connection. Average spacing is
designated savg in the Design Report. savg is shown in the Variables section of
Anchor spacing values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the
desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.
Equations g,Na0
Equations
t
1.5
k,xxxx
_________
g,Na0 = n (n 1)
1.0
tk,max,xxxxx
Reference
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h)
Comments
g,Na0 is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h). It is used to
calculate g,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16h) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value
for g,Na0 in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
The variable n represents the number of adhesive anchors in tension. PROFIS
Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing parameters
and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the resultant load
distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that are in tension is
determined via these calculations.

76

Adhesive Anchors
Equations g,Na0 (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
Spacing parameters used to determine the number of anchors in tension can

be input directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate
spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter
key to set the new value.

77

Adhesive Anchors
Equations g,Na0 (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
loads.
neutral axis.
Once the anchors that are in tension have been determined, the value for n
can be determined. The Design Report shows the value for n in the Variables

78

Adhesive Anchors
Equations p,Na
Equations
c
ccr,Na
a,min
p,Na = MAXIMUM _____
; _____
cac
cac
Reference
Comments
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.14 EQ. (D-16p)
p,Na is the modification factor for splitting for adhesive anchors loaded in
tension in uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for
splitting, cac, corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in
uncracked concrete. cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge
distance for adhesive anchor Strength Design calculations in tension of ccr,Na.
p,Na is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a
PROFIS Anchor calculates (ccr,Na/cac) based on the value calculated for scr,Na
distance < ccr,Na for the connection.
The value for p,Na shown in the Design Report equals:

MAX. {(ca,min/cac) ; (ccr,Na/cac)} 1.0.
EQ. (D-16p) is shown in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters, and the calculated value for p,Na shown in the Calculations
anchorage.
Equations Scr,Na
Equations
Reference
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16d)
scr,Na = 20d0
,uncr
_ _____
3 hef
1450
Comments
scr,Na is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical spacing. It
corresponds to the maximum assumed spacing between adhesive anchors
relative to group action.
PROFIS Anchor calculates scr,Na per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16d) using the
nominal thread diameter of the anchor element and the characteristic bond
strength in uncracked concrete (,uncr).
scr,Na is limited to a maximum value of 3 hef.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16d) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for scr,Na in the

79

Adhesive Anchors
Equations ,max
Equations
Nb
Na0
kc,xxxx
,max,c = _____
hef fc
d
Reference
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i)
kc fc hef1.5 = k,max,c d hef

Comments
,max,xxxx is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i). It is used to
calculate g,Na0.
,max is calculated by setting the basic concrete breakout strength (Nb) equal
to the basic bond strength (Na0), then solving for the characteristic bond
strength (,max,c). It corresponds to the theoretical transition point between
concrete breakout as a controlling condition and bond as a controlling
condition.
The value used for ,max,xxxx depends on whether cracked concrete conditions
(,max,cr) or uncracked concrete conditions (,max,uncr) are assumed.
Uncracked concrete conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the
concrete will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of
the anchorage.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16i) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
,max,xxxx in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
80

Adhesive Anchors
Variables ca,min
Variables
Reference
ca,min
Comments
ca,min corresponds to the minimum anchor edge distance for the connection.
ca,min values for adhesive anchors are determined via testing and published in
the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report specific to the anchor.
When using adhesive anchors, edge distances less than the ca,min value
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report can be used. An edge
distance as small as 1.75 in can be used for all threaded rod diameters in a
given adhesive anchor portfolio.
Use of reduced edge distances also require use of a reduced installation
torque to minimize concrete edge failure.
Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service

Report for installation torque values.
The information to the left was taken from ESR-3013 for HIT-HY 150 MAXSD.

81

Adhesive Anchors
Variables ca,min (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
Edge distance values for adhesive anchor systems can be input such that:
1.75 in edge distance < ca,min
PROFIS Anchor will highlight edge distances less than ca,min in red. Any
time a parameter is highlighted in red, it indicates that the value being input
is outside the range of values programmed into PROFIS Anchor for that
parameter. Post-installed anchor edge distance values are programmed to
coincide with the ca,min values given in the Evaluation Service Report. Edge
distance values < ca,min are therefore outside the range of ca,min. PROFIS
Anchor will not permit calculations to be made until the value is changed so
that it is within the range of values for that parameter, or until the user has
signified their understanding that the edge distance being input requires a
reduced installation torque. The Boundary Conditions in the Results pane
will indicate which parameter is being violated.
When an edge distance value < ca,min is input, it will be highlighted in red.
Refer to the Messages in the Results pane. The user will be prompted to
click on the Anchor layout tab, then go to the box titled Reduced Edge
Distance, then check the box titled Reduced Installation Torque.
Checking this box permits calculations to be made using the reduced edge
distance. The edge distance value will revert to black on the PROFIS Anchor
main screen. User's should keep in mind that Design Strengths calculated
using reduced edge distances presume the anchors will be installed with
the reduced installation torque given in the Evaluation Service Report for the
selected anchor.

to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distances.

82

Adhesive Anchors

Variables
Reference
Comments
Edge distance values are input by the user and PROFIS Anchor determines
ca,min. The Design Report shows ca,min in the Variables section of the Bond
The edge distance parameters used to calculate ca,min can be input directly on
the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance value,
Variables cac
Variables
Reference
cac

Comments
cac corresponds to the critical edge distance required to develop the
basic concrete breakout strength of a post-installed anchor in uncracked
concrete without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting. cac is
determined via testing and will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report specific to an anchor. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
cac in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
83

Adhesive Anchors
Variables da
Variables
Reference
da
Comments
da corresponds to the anchor nominal thread diameter. PROFIS Achor users
can select an adhesive anchor diameter via the anchor portfolio given in the
Filter Pane.
Click on the View tab then check the box for Filter Pane to view the anchor
portfolios. The Filter Pane is shown on the left side of the main screen.
A 3/4" Diameter ISO 898-1, Class 5.8

threaded rod has been selected for
use with the HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
adhesive anchor system.
Select an anchor type and diameter using the drop down that appears. The
Design Report shows da in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
Variables ec1,N
Variables
Reference
ec1,N
Comments
The value for ec1,N corresponds to eccentricity in the x-direction and equals
the distance in the x-direction between the resultant tension force and the
The Design Report shows ec1,N in the Variables section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.

84

Adhesive Anchors

Variables
Reference
Comments

85

Adhesive Anchors

Variables
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
The moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
resultant load calculations

86

Adhesive Anchors

Variables
Reference
Comments
ec,Na = modification for eccentricity when calculating bond strength (Nag).
ec1,N is defined as the distance in the x-direction of the resultant tension load
4.247 in from the center of the base plate in the +x direction. Likewise, only
plate in the +x direction.
The tension ecccentricity in the x-direction (ec1,N) = 1.247 in.
y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the x-direction is
denoted as ec1,N. The Design Report shows ec1,N in the Variables section of
If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as
ec2,N . The value for ec2,N equals the distance in the y-direction between the
Variables ec2,N
Variables
Reference
ec2,N
Comments
ec2,N corresponds to the tension eccentricity with respect to the y-direction.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ec2,N in the Variables section of
PROFIS Anchor determines ec2,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
tension. This permits a determination of ec2,N and the subsequent calculation
of ec2,Na.
value.

87

Adhesive Anchors

Variables
Reference
Comments
and input the desired value.
NOTE: P

88

Adhesive Anchors

Variables
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
length and width.
loads.
neutral axis.
The value for ec2,N corresponds to eccentricity in the y-direction and equals
the distance in the y-direction between the resultant tension force and the
The Design Report shows ec2N in the Variables section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.

89

Adhesive Anchors

Variables
Reference
Comments
The moment about the x-axis of 240,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
strength (Ncbg).
ec2,N is defined as the distance in the y-direction of the resultant tension load
8.592 in from the center of the base plate in the +y direction. Likewise, only
plate in the +y direction.
The tension ecccentricity in the y-direction (ec2,N ) = 2.592 in.
y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the y-direction is
denoted as ec2,N. The Design Report shows ec2,N in the Variables section of
If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as
ec1,N . The value for ec1,N equals the distance in the x-direction between the

90

Adhesive Anchors
Variables fc
Variables
Reference
fc
D.3.5 The value of fc used for calclation purposes

in this appendix shall not exceed 10,000 psi for castin anchors, and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.
Comments
follows
post-installed anchor.

Users input a value for fc by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking
value.
Variables hef
Variables
Reference
Comments
hef
hef is defined as the effective embedment depth of an anchor. This

corresponds to the embedded portion of the anchor element that is effective
in transmitting the tension load from the anchor into the concrete.


The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows hef in the Variables section of the
Bond Strength design parameters.
91

Adhesive Anchors

Variables
Reference
Comments
PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for adhesive anchors
The 4* diameter minimum value is approximate and may vary slightly for
some anchor sizes. Minimum embedment is derived from testing and
corresponds to the minimum embedment requirements noted for adhesive
anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
The 20* diameter maximum embedment corresponds to the maximum
embedment noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part
1.2.2.4
corresponds to:
[4d0 : 20d0]
calculations.
main screen.
value.

92

Adhesive Anchors
Variables bond
Variables
Reference
Comments
bond is a generic designation PROFIS Anchor uses for the factor that is
applied when calculating Na0. It pertains to installation conditions with respect
to the drilled hole in the concrete. Values for -factors are derived from
testing and are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an adhesive
anchor.
bond
-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report are designated:

ws for water saturated concrete
wf for a water-filled hole
uw for an underwater application.
No -factor is applied for dry concrete hole conditions. The Design Report
shows values for bond corresponding to the relevant hole condition in the
Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Variables kc,xxx
Variables
Reference
c,xxx
Comments
kc,xxxx is the coefficient for basic concrete breakout strength in tension. When
calculating Design Bond Strength, kc,xxxx is used to calculate k,max,xxxx, which in
turn, is used to calculate the group modification factor g,Na0.
kc,xxxx is derived from testing, is specific to cracked concrete or uncracked
concrete conditions, and is specific to a particular anchor.
kc,xxxx values for adhesive anchors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluaton Service
Report for that anchor. The Design Report shows kc,xxxx in the Variables


anchorage.
93

Adhesive Anchors
Variables n
Variables
Reference
Comments
The variable n represents the number of adhesive anchors in tension, and is
used to calculate the group modification factor g,Na0, which is defined by
EQ. (D-16h) in ICC-ES AC308 Part D.5.3.10.
resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors
that are in tension is determined via these calculations. The Design Report
shows the value for n in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
Spacing parameters can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and input the desired

94

Adhesive Anchors
Variables n (continued)
Variables
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
loads.
neutral axis.

95

Adhesive Anchors
Variables savg
Variables
Reference
savg
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10, EQ. (D-16g)
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the value s shown in EQ. (D-16g) of
ICC-ES AC308 corresponds to the average spacing for those anchors that
are in tension.
The Design Report designates this value savg and shows it in the Variables
PROFIS Anchor determines savg as follows for anchor groups > 4-anchors:
calculate the average of the x-direction spacing and y-direction spacing
for adjacent anchors.
calculate the average spacing for the anchor group by summing the
averages for each set of x/y values.
For the example shown at the left, savg would be calculated as follows if all of
the anchors are in tension:
savg1 = (8 in + 10 in )/2 = 9 in;
savg2 = (8 in + 6 in)/2 = 7 in
savg,total = (9 in + 7 in) / 2 = 8 in
If some anchors in the connection are in tension and some in compression,
savg is calculated based on the tension anchor spacing.
Anchor spacing values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the
desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

96

Adhesive Anchors
Variables k,uncr
Variables
Reference
Comments
k,uncr
k,uncr corresponds to the charateristic bond strength in uncracked concrete.

Calculation of the critical spacing (scr,Na) always uses k,uncr regardless of
whether or not uncracked concrete conditions are assumed.
k,uncr is derived from testing and will be given in the adhesive anchor
Evaluation Service Report.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows values for k,uncr in the Variables
Variables k,xxxx
Variables
Reference
k,xxxx
Comments
k,xxxx corresponds to the characteristic bond strength for either cracked (k,cr)
or uncracked (k,uncr) concrete. k,xxxx is determined via testing and values
corresponding to the relevant concrete condition are given in the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Report for each adhesive anchor.
The Design Report shows values for k,xxxx corresponding to the relevant
concrete condition in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.

97

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations ANa
Calculations
Reference
ANa
Comments
ANa is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the
failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors. It corresponds to the
area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete from the bonding of
adhesive anchors. ANa is determined using an equation similar to that shown
in ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b). Specifically, ANa is calculated by replacing
the term 1.5 hef in the illustration with ccr,Na and replacing the term 3.0 hef with
scr,Na.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa. The term
(scr,Na / 2) equals ccr,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ANa in the Equations section of
the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for ANa in the
or edge distance parameter, highlight it and input the desired value. Click the
enter key to set the new value.

98

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations ANa0
Calculations
Reference
ANa0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16c)
Comments
ANa0 is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the
failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges .
It corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete
from the bonding of a single adhesive anchor without any influence from
edges or anchor spacing. PROFIS Anchor calculates ANa0 as illustrated in
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using the value for critical edge distance (ccr,Na) in
lieu of 1.5 hef, where ccr,Na equals the critical spacing (scr,Na) divided by 2.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANao.
The term (scr,Na / 2) equals ccr,Na.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16c) in the Equations section of the Bond
Strength design parameters, and calculated value for ANa0 in the Calculations
Calculations ccr,Na
Calculations
Reference
ccr,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16e)
Comments
ccr,Na is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical edge distance
and corresponds to the maximum assumed edge distance for an adhesive
anchor.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ccr,Na per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16e).
The illustration to the left shows how ccr,Na is calculated. ccr,Na = (scr,Na / 2).
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16e) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ccr,Na in the
Calculations Na0
Calculations
Reference
Na0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 EQ. (D-16f)
Na0 = k,xxxx bond d hef
Comments
Na0 is defined as the basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows a modified version of ICC-ES
AC308 EQ. (D-16f) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. The modified version of EQ. (D-16f) includes the -factor for
installation conditions given in the Bond Strength Tables of the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Reports for adhesive anchors.
The Design Report shows the calculated value for Na0 in the Calculations

99

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations ec1,Na
Calculations
Reference
ec1,Na
1
ec,Na = ________
2
e
N
____
1 + scr,Na
Comments
ec1,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
ecccentrically in tension with respect to the x-direction. The PROFIS
Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ec1,Na in the
The spacing parameters used to calculate ec1,Na can be input directly on the

100

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations ec1,Na (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.

101

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations ec2,Na
Calculations
Reference
ec2,Na
1
ec,Na = ________
2
e
N
____
1 + scr,Na
Comments
ec2,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
ecccentrically in tension with respect to the y-direction. The PROFIS
Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ec2,Na in the
The spacing parameters used to calculate ec2,Na can be input directly on the

102

Adhesive Anchors

Calculations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.

103

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations ed,Na
Calculations
Reference
ed,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.12 EQ. (D-16m)
Comments
ed,Na is the adhesive anchor tension modification factor for edge effects.
ed,Na is included in the Nominal Bond Strength calculation when the smallest
edge distance (ca,min) is < ccr,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16m) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value
for ed,Na in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Calculations g,Na
Calculations
Reference
g,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16g)
Comments
s
0.5
avg
g,Na = g,Na0 + ______
(1 g,Na0)
S
cr,Na
g,Na is defined in Part D.5.3.10 of ICC-ES AC308 as the modification factor

for group action when adhesive anchors are loaded in tension. This factor
is used to correlate the interaction that takes place between the anchor
elements, their embedment, the adhesive and the concrete when a tension
load is applied to a group of adhesive anchors. It is an adjustment factor
that permits the influence of the anchor group to be further considered in
calculating the Nominal Bond Strength for the group.
The illustration to the left shows how the parameters noted above can
influence the calculation of Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16g) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for g,Na in the
Calculations g,Na0
Calculations
Reference
g,Na0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h)
Comments
1.5
t

k,xxxx
g,Na0 = n (n 1) _________
1.0
tk,max,xxxxx

g,Na0 is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h). It is used to

calculate g,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16h) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value
for g,Na0 in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
104

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations g,Na0 (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
The variable n contained in EQ. (D-16h) represents the number of adhesive

anchors in tension. PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load
parameters, spacing parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user
to determine the resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number
of anchors that are in tension is determined via these calculations.
The spacing parameters used to calculate g,Na0 can be input directly on the

105

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations g,Na0 (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
value. Click the enter" key to set the new value.
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
loads.
neutral axis.

106

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations p,Na
Calculations
Reference
p,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.14 EQ. (D-16p)
c
ccr,Na
a,min
p,Na = MAXIMUM _____
; ______
cac
cac
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile
strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution
are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel,
crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths
corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02"
(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for
the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result
in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete
conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking
of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic
actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
Comments
p,Na is the modification factor for splitting for adhesive anchors loaded in
tension in uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for
splitting, cac, corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in
uncracked concrete. cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge
distance for adhesive anchor Strength Design calculations in tension of ccr,Na.
p,Na is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a
anchorage.
Calculations scr,Na
Calculations
Reference
scr,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16d)
Comments
scr,Na is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical spacing. It
corresponds to the maximum assumed spacing between adhesive anchors
relative to group action.
PROFIS Anchor calculates scr,Na per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16d) using the
nominal thread diameter of the anchor element and the characteristic bond
strength in uncracked concrete (k,uncr).
scr,Na is limited to a maximum value of 3 hef.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16d) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for scr,Na in the
Calculations k,max,xxxx
Calculations
Reference
k,max,xxxx
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i)

Na0
Nb
kc fc hef1.5 = k,max,c d hef
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile
strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution
are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel,
crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths
corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02"
(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for
the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result
in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete
conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking
of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic
actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Comments
k,max,xxxx is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i). It is used to
calculate g,Na0.
k,max is calculated by setting the basic concrete breakout strength (Nb) equal to
the basic bond strength (Na0), then solving for the characteristic bond strength
(k,max,c). It corresponds to the theoretical transition point between concrete
breakout as a controlling condition and bond as a controlling condition.
The value used for k,max,xxxx depends on whether cracked concrete conditions
(k,max,cr) or uncracked concrete conditions (k,max,uncr) are assumed.
Uncracked concrete conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the
concrete will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of
the anchorage.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16i) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
k,max,xxxx in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters..
107

Adhesive Anchors
Results N,seis
Results
Reference
N,seis
reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor
Comments
N,seis is a multiplier that is applied to Na or Nag when designing adhesive
anchors for structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or
F. Values for N,seis are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an
anchor.
Click on the icon titled Seismic design.
PROFIS Anchor will apply the value for N,seis given in the ESR for the anchor
to the calculated value for Na or Nag.
for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; PROFIS Anchor calculations for Na
and Nag include the value for N,seis.
design for Seismic Design Category A or B; PROFIS Anchor calculations for
Na and Nag do not include the value for N,seis.
The value for N,seis is shown in the Results section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.
Results Na
Results
Reference
Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16a) for a single adhesive anchor
A
Na
Na = ____
ed,Nap,NaNa0
A
Na0
Comments
Na corresponds to the Nominal Bond Strength for a single adhesive anchor.
PROFIS Anchor calculates Na per ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16a)
using the calculated values for ANa, ANa0, ed,Na, p,Na, Na0 shown in the
The result of the calculation for Na is shown in the Results section of the
Results Nag
Results
Reference
Nag
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16b) for an adhesive anchor group
A
Na
Nag = ____
ed,Nag,Naec,Nap,NaNa0
ANa0
Comments
Nag corresponds to the Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates Nag per ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7
EQ. (D-16b) using the calculated values for ANa, ANa0, ed,Na, g,Na, ec,Na,
p,Na, Na0 shown in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
The result of the calculation for Nag is shown in the Results section of the

108

Adhesive Anchors
Results Nua
Results
Reference
Nua
Comments
Users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then
highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.
includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that
the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08
Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

109

Adhesive Anchors

Results
Reference
Comments
shear.
compression loads acting on the connection.
This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of
the Design Report.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to
be in compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Bond Strength in Part 3.

Tension Load and in the Results section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Bond Strength, Nua corresponds
to the total factored tension load acting on the number of anchors that
are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a double
asterisk (**) next to Bond Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains
to the total factored tension load acting on the number of anchors that are
determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Na Nua or Nag Nua must be satisfied. If the
value for Na or Nag shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the
Design Report is the value shown for Nua under the heading Load", the
If the value for Na or Nag is < Nua, the note not recommended will appear
design criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / Nn. When evaluating Bond
Strength, Nua corresponds to the total factored tension load acting on the
anchors in the connection as described above. Nn corresponds to the
Design Bond Strength (Na or Nag) as defined above.

110

Adhesive Anchors
Results N,seisNa
Results
Reference
N,seisNa
Comments
The Design Bond Strength for a single adhesive anchor equals the product of:
bond seismic nonductile N,seis Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as N,seis Na in the
Results section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Results N,seisNag
Results
Reference
N,seisNag
Comments
The Design Bond Strength for a group of adhesive anchors equals the
product of: bond seismic nonductile N,seis Nag.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as N,seis Nag in the
Results section of the Bond Strength design parameters.


111

Adhesive Anchors
Results bond
Results
Reference
Comments
bond
bond is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the reduction factor applied to the
Nominal Bond Strength to obtain the Design Bond Strength. Values for bond
are determined via testing.
The tables for Bond Strength in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an
adhesive anchor will show bond values corresponding to various installation
conditions.

112

Adhesive Anchors
Results seismic
Results
Reference
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
Comments

icon in yellow.
Strengths, including Design Bond Strength.
seismic = 0.75

The value for seismic is shown in the Results section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.
seismic = 0.75.
seismic .

113

Adhesive Anchors
Results nonductile
Results
Reference
Comments
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6


N
N
S

icon in yellow.

114
Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors
Equations corner
Equations
Reference
Comments
corner is the designation given by PROFIS Anchor to the factor multiplied by
side-face blowout for a single anchor (Nsb) when the anchor is influenced by
corner geometry.
ca2
1 + ___
ca1
corner = ________
4
This factor is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1:

If ca2 for the single headed anchor is less than 3ca1 , the value of Nsb shall
be multiplied by the factor
ca2
1 + ___
ca1
corner = ________
4
where 1.0 ca2/ca1 3.0.

corner is only calculated for a single anchor. It is not calculated when
determining side-face blowout for a group of anchors (Nsbg).
The Design Report shows the equation for corner in the Equations section of
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value for corner
in the Calculations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
Equations group
Equations
s
group = 1 +____
6c
a1
Reference
Only those anchors in tension

near an edge are considered
when calculating Nsbg.
Comments
group is the designation given by PROFIS Anchor to the factor used to

calculate side-face blowout for a group of anchors (Nsbg).
This factor corresponds to the influence of anchor spacing as defined in ACI
318-08, Part D.5.4.2:
multiple headed anchors with deep embedment close to an edge
(hef > 2.5 ca1) and anchor spacing less than 6 ca1.
PROFIS Anchor multiplies group times the value calculated for side-face
blowout for a single anchor (Nsb) to obtain the side-face blowout for a group
of anchors (Nsbg).
The Design Report shows the equation for group in the Equations sections of
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value for group
in the Calculations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

115
Equations Nsb
Equations
Reference
Nsb = 160 corner ca1 Abrg fc
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)
Comments
Nsb corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a single cast-in-place

anchor having a deep embedment close to an edge. Side-Face Blowout is
only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 defines deep embedment close to an edge as:
hef > 2.5 ca1
where hef is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and
ca1 is defined as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a single anchor.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-17) for Nsb in the Equations
section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value
for Nsb in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
When designing cast-in-place anchors, users can input values for effective
embedment depth (hef) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a
maximum value of:
main screen.
and input an appropriate value for hef.

116
Equations Nsbg
Equations
Reference
Nsbg = group Nsb
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 EQ. (D-18)
Comments
Nsbg corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a group of cast-inplace anchors having a deep embedment close to an edge.
Side-Face Blowout is only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
When calculating Nsbg, only the spacing for those anchors loaded in tension
that are near an edge shall be considered. The value calculated for Nsbg shall
then be compared to the portion of the factored load in tension considered to
be acting on the anchors near the edge.
Only those anchors in

tension near an edge
are considered when
calculating Nsbg.
Refer to the illustration to the left.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-18) for Nsbg in the
Equations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the
calculated value for Nsbg in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.

tension near an edge are
considered when calculating
Nsbg.
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a group of anchors.
D.5.4.1 defines deep embedment close to an edge as: hef > 2.5 ca1 where
hef is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and ca1 is
defined as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.
Equations Nsb or Nsbg versus Nua

Equations
Reference
Nsb or Nsbg Nua
Comments


117
Variables Abrg
Variables
Reference
Abrg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)
Comments
Abrg is the net bearing area of a headed stud or headed bolt that is used to
calculate Nsb.
Abrg values for the cast-in-place anchors are contained in the internal
database of PROFIS Anchor.
The Design Report shows Abrg in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout design parameters.
Variables ca1
Variables
Reference
ca1
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2
Comments
ca1 is the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension. It is used in
the equations for Nsb, corner and group.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ca1 in the Variables section of the
Side-Face Blowout design parameters
Users can input the edge distance parameters used to calculate ca1 directly
on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance
new value.

118
Variables ca2
Variables
Reference
ca2
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1
Comments
ca2 is the edge distance perpendicular to the minimum edge distance (ca1) for
those anchors in tension. It is used in the equation for corner.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ca2 in the Variables section of the
Side-Face Blowout design parameters
Users can input the edge distance parameters used to calculate ca2 directly
on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance
new value.
Variables fc
Variables
Reference
fc
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculations. The values for fc included for cast-in-place
anchors range as follows:
2000 psi fc 10000 psi
(reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5)
value in the Compressive strength box. Click the enter key to set the new
value.
The Design Report shows fc in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout Strength design parameters.

119
Variables s
Variables
Reference
Comments
s
s corresponds to the spacing between anchors in tension.

s = 8 in + 6 in
s is used to calculate the factor (1 + s/6ca1) which PROFIS Anchor designates

as group.
that are near an edge shall be considered.
The Design Report shows s in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout design parameters.
When 3 or more anchors are considered in the calculation, the value for s
calculated by PROFIS Anchor equals the sum of the anchor spacings near
the concrete edge.
Users can input the spacing parameters used to calculate group directly on
the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

120
Calculations group
Calculations
Reference
Comments
group
PROFIS Anchor designates the factor (1 + s/6ca1) as group.

ca1 is defined as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension. The
Design Report shows ca1 in the Variables section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.
s corresponds to the spacing between anchors in tension. The Design
Report shows s in the Variables section of the Side-Face Blowout design
parameters.
that are near an edge shall be considered.
Calculations corner
Calculations
Reference
corner
ACI 318-08 - Part D.5.4.1
ca2
1 + ___
ca1
corner = ________
4
Comments
Nsb is multiplied by the factor (1+ca2/ca1)/4 when a single cast-in-place anchor

is located in a corner. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor corner.
Use of corner is contingent on ca2 being < 3ca1 ,where ca1 is the minimum
edge distance for those anchors in tension and ca2 is the edge distance
perpendicular to ca1. Values for ca1 and ca2 in are shown in the Variables
section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
corner = 1.0 when calculating Nsbg for a group of anchors.

121
Results Nsb
Results
Reference
Nsb
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)
Comments
Nsb corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a single cast-in-place

anchor having a deep embedment close to an edge. Side-Face Blowout is
only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a single anchor.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-17) for Nsb in the
calculated value for Nsb in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.
maximum value of:
main screen.
value.

122
Results Nsbg
Results
Reference
Nsbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 EQ. (D-18)
Comments
Nsbg corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a group of cast-inplace anchors having a deep embedment close to an edge.
Side-Face Blowout is only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
that are near an edge shall be considered. The value calculated for Nsbg shall
then be compared to the portion of the factored load in tension considered to
be acting on the anchors near the edge.

tension near an edge
are considered when
calculating Nsbg.
Refer to the illustration to the left.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-18) for Nsbg in the
calculated value for Nsbg in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.

The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a group of anchors.
maximum value of:
main screen.

123
Results Nsbg (continued)

Results
Reference
Comments
Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth and
input an appropriate value for hef. Click the Enter key to set the new value.
Results Nua
Results
Reference
Nua
Comments

Service Load (Nua). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Nua as the "factored tensile
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors". Users users select Strength
Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking
on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

entering a value.

124

Results
Reference
Comments
includes the factors.
PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that the factored loads
input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
shear.
compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Side-Face Blowout Strength
in Part 3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
Strength design parameters. Part 3 Tension load will show a double asterisk
(**) next to Side-Face Blowout Strength. This indicates that the value for
Nua pertains to the factored tension load acting on the anchors nearest the
concrete edge that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Nsb Nua or Nsbg Nua must be satisfied. If
the value for Nsb or Nsbg shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of
the Design Report is the value shown for Nua under the heading Load, the
If the value for Nsb or Nsbg is < Nua, the note not recommended will
appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet
the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because
the criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / Nn. When evaluating Side-Face
Blowout Strength, Nua corresponds to the factored tension load acting on
the anchors in the connection as described above. Nn corresponds to the
Design Side-Face Blowout Strength (Nsb or Nsbg) as defined above.

125
Results Nsb
Results
Reference
Comments
Nsb
The Design Side-Face Blowout Strength in tension for a single anchor equals
the product of:
concrete seismic nonductile Nsb.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as Nsb in the Results
section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. Users select Strength

Results Nsbg
Results
Reference
Nsbg
Comments
The Design Side-Face Blowout Strength in tension for a group of anchors
equals the product of:
concrete seismic nonductile (group*Nsb).
The PA2 Design Report shows this value as Nsbg in the Results section of
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. Users select Strength


126
Results concrete
Results
Reference
concrete

Comments


Condition A
Condition B
0.75
0.70
0.75
0.70
i) Shear loads
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts
from ACI 355.2
Category 1
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
0.75
0.65
Category 2
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
0.65
0.55
Category 3
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
0.55
0.45
D.4.4c.ii
D.4.4c.ii
is not present and for pullout and pryout strength.


corresponding to Side-Face Blowout Strength as concrete. The value for
concrete is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout Strength
design parameters.

mechanical and adhesive post-installed anchors
127
Results nonductile
Results
Reference
Comments
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6


N
N
S
icon in yellow.
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face
Blowout Strength design parameters.

128
Results seismic
Results
Reference
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
Comments

seismic = 0.75


icon in yellow.
Strengths,including Design Bond Strength.
The value for seismic is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows seismic =
0.75.
seismic .

129
Shear
The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about
the following:
Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08
Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions
Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for
the information provided in the Design Report. Questions
about a particular section in the Design Report output can be
referenced directly to the corresponding section in the Design
Guide. All the information in the Hilti North American Product
Technical Guide, including data sourcing, caveats, limitations,
design principles, and assumptions, apply to all data and
calculations generated by PROFIS Anchor.
The SHEAR section of the Design Guide provides information
on the shear design strengths calculated using PROFIS
Anchor.
Shear Steel Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Shear
Shear Pryout Strength

Concrete Breakout Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
130
Shear Steel Strength
Anchor Steel Strength in Shear

Equations
Reference
Vsa
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)

Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear (Vsa) for a
single cast-in-place anchor per ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-19) or EQ. (D-20).
PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single
post-installed anchor ( Vxxxx ) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for that anchor. The subscript in Vxxxx varies and is given in the
The calculated value for Vsa or the value Vxxxx from the Evaluation Service
Report will be shown in the Calculations section and in the Results section
of the Design Report.
Equations Vsa for Adhesive Anchors

Equations
Reference
Vsa = V,Seis (n 0.6 Ase,V futa )
Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for Steel Design

Information in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
Comments
The Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single threaded anchor element
used with an adhesive anchor system is calculated using a modified version
of ACI 318-08 Equation (D-20).
The value (n 0.6 Ase,V futa) corresponds to the value shown as Vsa in the Steel
Design tables of the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
An additional reduction factor (V,seis) is applied to Vsa when anchor design
includes earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design
Category C through F.
Reference the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC308, Section 11.22.1.2 for
information regarding V,seis.
The Design Report shows the modified version of EQ. (D-20) in the
Equations section of the Steel Strength design parameters. It shows the
value for Vsa given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report corresponding to
n0.6Ase,Vfuta in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
V,seis is also shown in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

131
Equations Vsa for Headed Bolts

Equations
Reference
Vsa = n 0.6 Ase,V futa
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-20)
Vsa
Comments
shear (Vsa) for a single cast-in-place headed bolt. Use of Equation (D-20) is
based on the assumption that the anchor cross-section through which the
shear load acts includes threads.
Hooked bolts and J-bolts are not included in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-20) in the Equations section of the
Steel Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vsa in the
Calculations section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Equation (D-20) assumes the

threads are in the shear plane.
Equations Vsa for Headed Studs

Equations
Reference
Vsa = n Ase,V futa
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19)

Vsa
Comments
shear (Vsa) for a single cast-in-place headed stud. Use of Equation (D-19) is
based on the assumption that the anchor cross-section through which the
shear load acts does not include threads.
Steel Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vsa in the
Calculations section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Equation (D-19) assumes no

threads are in the shear plane.

132
Equations Vsa Seismic for Mechanical Anchors

Equations
Reference
Comments
Vsa = seismic conditions
Pertains to mechanical anchors.
Seismic steel strength in shear for the mechanical anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio is derived from testing per ICC-ES AC193. The seismic steel
strength in shear is utilized for anchor design that includes earthquake forces
for structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C - F. It is given for a
single anchor in the Design Information tables of the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. The subscript used in the nomenclature to
define seismic steel strength in shear varies. Refer to the Evaluation Service
Report for the nomenclature specific to a particular mechanical anchor.
The value corresponding to the seismic steel strength in shear is shown in the
Results section of the Design Report.
The values for seismic steel strength in shear shown in the tables to the left
are taken from ICC-ES ESR-1545 for the HSL-3 Anchor, and ICC-ES
ESR-1546 for the HDA-P Anchor. Note that the subscripts used to define
seismic steel strength in shear are different.
ESR-1545 for
HSL-3 anchors
ESR-1546 for
HDA-P anchors
Equations Vsa Static for Mechanical Anchors

Equations
Reference
Vsa = static conditions
Pertains to mechanical anchors.
Comments
Static steel strength in shear for the mechanical anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio is derived from testing per ICC-ES AC193. It is given for a
single anchor in the Design Information tables of the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor.
The value corresponding to the static steel strength in shear is shown in the
Results section of the Design Report.
ESR-1545 for
HSL-3 anchors
The values for static steel strength in shear shown in the tables to the left are
taken from ICC-ES ESR-1545 for the HSL-3 Anchor, and ICC-ES ESR-1546
for the HDA-P Anchor.
ESR-1546 for
HDA-P anchors

133
Equations Vsa versus Vua

Equations
Reference
Comments
Vsa Vua
Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (Vn) to a Factored
Service Load (Vua). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Vua as the factored shear
force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor
users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then
A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

134
Variables V,seis
Variables
Reference
V,seis
Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for "Steel Design

Information" in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.
Comments
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD

The Design Report shows V,seis in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD
Variables Ase,V
Variables
Reference
Ase,V

Comments
Ase,V equals the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor. It is used to
calculate the steel strength in shear per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ (D-19)
and EQ (D-20).
Values for Ase,V specific to each cast-in-place anchor in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio are stored in the program internal database. Values for Ase,V specific
to each post-installed anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio correspond
to the values for effective cross-sectional area given in the Steel Design
Information tables in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
The Design Report shows Ase,V in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.

135
Variables futa
Variables
Reference
futa

Comments
futa is the specified tensile strength of the anchor steel.
Values for futa specific to each cast-in-place and post-installed anchor in the
PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in the program internal database. The
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for post-installed anchors also provide
values for futa.
The Design Report shows futa in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Variables n
Variables
Reference
Comments

PROFIS Anchor calculates steel strength in shear for a single cast-in-place

anchor or uses the value given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 for steel strength in shear.
The Design Report shows n = 1.0 in the Variables section of the Steel
Variables Vsa
Variables
Reference
Vsa
Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for "Steel Design

Information" in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.
Comments
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

PROFIS Anchor
Design Report

The Design Report shows the modified version of EQ. (D-20) in the Equations
section of the Steel Strength design parameters. It shows the value for Vsa
given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report corresponding to n 0.6Ase,Vfuta
in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters. V,seis is also
shown in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
136
Calculations Vsa
Calculations
Reference
Vsa

Comments
post-installed anchor ( Vxxxx ) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation

137
Results Vsa
Results
Reference
Vsa

Comments
post-installed anchor (Vxxxx) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation
Results Vsa
Results
Reference
Vsa
Comments
Service Load (Vua). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Strength as
Vsa and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
Design Steel Strength equals: steel eb Vsa for non-seismic conditions.
Design Steel Strength equals: steel eb nonductile Vsa for seismic conditions.
Results eb
Results
Reference
eb
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.3
Comments
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.80 reduction for grouted base plates given
in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.3 as eb.
The Design Report shows eb in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.

138
Results steel
Results
Reference
Comments
steel
cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.ii

PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.ii to determine

Part D.1.
this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Results nonductile
Results
nonductile
Reference
Comments
N
N
S
in yellow.
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputing values for

139

Results
Reference
Comments
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Steel
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a nonductile steel element.
The Design Report results to the left show how nonductile is not applied
to the Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a
ductile steel element.

140
Results Vua
Results
Reference
Vua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)
Comments
Service Load (Vua).
ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Vua as the factored shear force applied to a
single anchor or group of anchors.
ACI 318-08.

entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on the
icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

141
Results Vua (continued)

Results
Reference
Comments

shear.
compression.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Steel Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Steel Strength, Vua corresponds to the
highest factored shear load acting on a single anchor for those anchors that
are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear load will show a single asterisk
(*) next to Steel Strength indicating that the value for Vua pertains to the
highest shear load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Vsa is Vua must be satisfied. If the value for
Vsa shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of the Design Report is
the value shown for Vua under the heading Load, the note OK will appear
If the value for Vsa is < Vua, the note not recommended will appear under
criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria of
D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / Vn. When evaluating Steel
Strength, Vua corresponds to the factored shear load acting on a single
anchor as described above. Vn corresponds to the Design Steel Strength
(Vsa) for a single anchor as defined above.

142
Shear Concrete Breakout Strength
Equations AVc
Equations
Reference
AVc
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)
Comments
AVc is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected area of the failure
surface on the side of the concrete member at its edge for a single anchor
or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates AVc per the provisions of
D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(b). The Design Report shows AVc in
the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters
and the calculated value for AVc in the Calculations section of the Concrete
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating AVc.
parameters used to calculate AVc directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

143
Equations AVc (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
Equations AVc0
Equations
Reference
AVc0 = 4.5 ca12
Comments
AVc0 is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected shear concrete
failure area of a single anchor with no limitations due to anchor spacing,
edge distance or concrete thickness. PROFIS Anchor calculates AVc0 per the
provisions of D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(a).
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
AVc0 in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
Equations Vcb or Vcbg Vua

Equations
Reference
Vcb or Vcbg Vua
Comments
force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors.
ACI 318-08.


144
Equations ec,v
Equations
1
ec,V = ________
2
eV
____
1 + 3 ca1
Reference
Comments
ec,V is a modification factor that is applied when an eccentric shear force
acts towards the edge of a concrete member. ec,V is only applied when
calculating concrete breakout (Vcbg) for anchor groups loaded ecccentrically
in shear.
If the shear force acting on a connection acts above the concrete surface, it
must be resolved into components corresponding to the portion of the force
that acts at the surface along with any resulting bending moment acting on
the anchors.
The illustration to the left shows the design assumptions used when
calculating ec,V.
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the
calculated value for ec,V in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters .
PROFIS Anchor calculates ec,V using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
distribution among the anchors and utilizes these parameters to calculate
ec,V.

145
Equations ec,v (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
The PROFIS Anchor user can input spacing parameters directly on the main
screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and

146
Equations ec,v (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
connection. It uses a finite element program to determine the resultant shear
load when a torsion moment acts on the connection.
The resultant loads are given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
Equations ed,v
Equations
ca2
ed,V = 0.7 + 0.3 ______
1.5ca1
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.6 EQ. (D-28)
ed,V is the modification factor for edge effect for a single anchor or group of
anchors loaded in shear. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
EQ. (D-28) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.

147
Equations h,v
Equations
h,v =
1.5 ca1
_______
1.0
ha
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 EQ. (D-29)
h,V is a modification factor that addresses the effects of anchors installed in

a thin concrete member.
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.8 defines a thin member as one in which the
member thickness (ha) is less than 1.5 x anchor distance to the member edge
(ca1) in the direction of shear load (Vua).
calculated value in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
Equations Vb
Equations
l 0.2
e
Vb = 7 ___
da fc (ca1)1.5
da
Reference
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2 EQ. (D-24)
Comments
Vb is defined as the basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single
anchor in cracked concrete. This parameter corresponds to the concrete
breakout capacity of a single anchor not having any influences from edge
distance or concrete thickness.
calculated value for Vb in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
Equations Vcb
Equations
A
Vc
Vcb = ____
ed,V c,V h,V parallel,V Vb
AVc0
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(a) Equation (D-21)
Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (Vcb) for a

single cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. The PROFIS
Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-21) in the Equations section of the
Reference
Comments
Equations Vcbg
Equations
A
Vc
Vcbg = ____
ec,V ed,V c,V h,V parallel,V Vb
AVc0
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(b) Equation (D-22)

Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (Vcbg) for a

group of anchors. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-22) in
the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
148
Variables ca1
Variables
Reference
Comments
ca1
ca1corresponds to the distance from the center of the anchor to the edge of
concrete, in the direction of the applied shear load.
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions with respect to ca1 differ from those
made in ACI 318-08 Appendix D, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b).
At issue is:
which anchors are resisting shear load at any given time?
how is the shear load distributed among multiple rows of anchors?
If the anchors are rigidly attached to a base plate (e.g. welded), all of the
anchors can be assumed to take up the shear load simultaneously. If there is
an annular space between the anchor and base plate hole, only some of the
anchors may be taking up the load at any given time because it is reasonable
to assume that these anchors will not be centered in the holes.
When multiple rows of anchors make up the connection, the question

becomes how many of these rows are effective in taking up the shear load
and how is the load distributed among these rows?
Do all of the rows take up the load or only some of them?
How is the load distributed among the rows assumed to be taking up
the shear load?
Is the load distributed evenly among the rows (e.g. per ACI 318)?
Does the load vary as rows are located farther away from the edge?
PROFIS Anchor assumes that anchors installed through a fixture in which an
annular space exists between the anchor and the fixture do not all take up
shear load simultaneously. It assumes only the anchors nearest the edge of
concrete in the direction of the shear load take up the full shear load.
This is not to imply that the Appendix D assumptions are incorrect; rather,
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions represent an alternative approach to
calculating concrete breakout in shear.

149
Variables ca1 (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
Values for edge distance can be input via the main screen by highlighting the
edge distance parameter and inputting the desired value.
Values for edge distance can also be input via the Input geometry icon in the
Base material tab.
The smallest value that can be used for ca1 is limited by the minimum edge
distance value for each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio. Neither
PROFIS Anchor, nor the provisions of ACI 318-08 Appendix D, nor the
provisions of ICC-ES AC308 provide a maximum limit for ca1.
When a connection consists of multiple rows of anchors, PROFIS Anchor
defaults to taking ca1 from the row of anchors closest to the concrete edge in
the direction of the applied shear load.
The Design Report shows ca1 in the Variables section of the Concrete
Variables ca2
Variables
Reference
ca2
ACI 318-08 Chapter 2 (definitions) and Part D.6.2.6
Comments
ca2 corresponds to an edge distance perpendicular to ca1 and therefore
perpendicular to the direction of the shear load. PROFIS Anchor determines
ca2 by correlating the edge distance values input by the user to the direction
of the factored load input by the user.
The smallest value that can be used for ca2 is limited by the minimum edge
distance value for each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio. The maximum
value for ca2 that is considered for calculation purposes equals 1.5ca1.

150
Variables ca2 (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
Users can input values for edge distance via the main screen by highlighting
the edge distance parameter and inputting the desired value.
Users can also input values for edge distance via the Input geometry icon in
the Base material tab.
The Design Report shows ca2 in the Variables section of the Concrete

151
Variables da
Variables
Reference
da
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2
Comments
da corresponds to the anchor diameter inclusive of any external sleeve. da

is selected from the anchor portfolio provided in the Filter Pane. The Filter
Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View tab then
checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows da in the Variables section of the
Variables eV
Variables
Reference
eV
ACI 318-08, D.6.2.5 and RD.6.2.5.
Comments
eV is defined in ACI 318-08 Apppendix D as the distance between the

resultant shear load acting on a group of anchors and the centroid of the
group of anchors. D.6.2.5 notes that only those anchors that are loaded
in shear in the same direction shall be considered when determining eV.
Therefore, eV is determined for those anchors that are loaded in shear
towards the edge of the concrete member.
eV is limited to a value the spacing between anchors loaded in shear
divided by 2.
eV is always positive.
Refer to Fig. RD.6.2.5 for an illustration of eV.
PROFIS Anchor calculates eV using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
ec,V.

152
Variables eV (continued)
Variables
Reference
Comments

153
Variables eV (continued)
Variables
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
Variables fc
Variables
Reference
fc
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5

D.3.5 The values of fc used for calculation purposes

in this appendix shall not exceed 10,000 psi for castin anchors, and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.
5.0 Conditiona of use

ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
Comments

follows:
post-installed anchor.

154
Variables fc (continued)
Variables
Reference
Comments
value.
Variables ha
Variables
Reference
Comments
ha
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8
ha corresponds to the thickness of the concrete member. The PROFIS Anchor

Design Report shows ha in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
The value for ha can be input directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the parameter corresponding to concrete thickness, highlight it and
Concrete thickness can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,
then clicking on the box titled Input geometry.
Variables
Variables
Reference
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.2

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.3

Comments
is a modification factor for lightweight concrete. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-08
calculations are all relative to normal weight concrete and will be shown =
1.0 in the Design Reports. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 calculations contain
provisions for designing with lightweight and normal weight concrete.
The Design Report shows in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
155
Variables le
Variables
Reference
le
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2
Comments
le is used in Equation (D-24) and Equation (D-25) to calculate the basic
concrete breakout strength in shear, Vb.
le is defined as the load bearing length of the anchor for shear and
corresponds to the portion of the embedded length of the anchor that is
effective in transmitting the applied shear load into the concrete member.
Per D.6.2.2, le = MINIMUM {hef ; 8da} for anchors demonstrated to have a
constant stiffness over their embedded length.
le for anchors that do not have a constant stiffness over their embedded
length is limited to a value of 2da. The illustrations to the left show how le is
determined for anchors that have a constant stiffness over their embedded
length and for anchors that do not have a constant stiffness over their
embedded length.
hef corresponds to the effective embedment depth of the anchor and da
corresponds to the outside diameter of the anchor element.
All of the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are assumed
to have a constant stiffness over their embedded length. The following
post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are assumed to have a
constant stiffness over their embedded length:
t hreaded rods and rebar used with RE 500-SD, HY-150 MAX-SD, and
HY-150 MAX
HDA-P and HDA-T undercut anchors
Kwik Bolt-TZ, Kwik Bolt 3 expansion anchors
Kwik HUS-EZ and Kwik HUS screw anchors
HSL-3 expansion anchors consist of an external sleeve that is separated from
the expansion elements by a plastic section. These anchors do not exhibit
constant stiffness characteristics over their embedded length. Therefore, per
D.6.2.2, PROFIS Anchor calculates le = 2da for HSL-3 anchors.

156
Variables le (continued)
Variables
Reference
Comments
The value for hef that is used to determine le for cast-in-place and adhesive
anchors is input by clicking on the Anchor Layout tab, checking the box
Variable Embedment Depth, then inputting an embedment depth value.
The value for hef is fixed for mechanical anchors and is specific to an anchor
type and diameter.
The value for da that is used to determine le corresponds to the anchor

diameter selected from the anchor portfolio provided in the Filter Pane. The
Filter Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View tab
then checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The Design Report shows le and da in the Variables section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters. hef is shown in the Variables section of

157
Variables c,V
Variables
Reference
c,V
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.7
Comments
c,V is a modification factor pertaining to the assumed existence of either

cracked or uncracked concrete conditions with or without supplementary
edge reinforcement.
PROFIS Anchor uses the following values for c,V depending on the type of
anchor being designed:
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by

loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength. Concrete
is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions.
Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of
reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing
steel, crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in
(0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x
static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International
Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition
for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the
existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load
compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked
concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown
that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions,
post-installed anchors must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete
as well as for seismic loading.
c,V = 1.0 for cracked concrete conditions

c,V = 1.2 for cracked concrete with edge reinforcement #4 bar
c,V = 1.4 for cracked concrete with #4 bar + stirrups
c,V = 1.4 for uncracked concrete conditions
The use of supplementary reinforcement consisting of stirrups is typically only
practical when designing cast-in-place anchors.
Click on the Base material tab, then click on the box titled Supplementary
reinforcement to view options for c,V. Highlight and click the desired option.
The Design Report shows the value for c,V in the Variables section of the
Variables parallel,V
Variables
Reference
parallel,V
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(c)
Comments
parallel,V is the PROFIS Anchor designation for a multiplier used to account

for shear parallel to an edge. Refer to ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(c) and the
illustrations to the left.
PROFIS Anchor designates parallel,V equal to 1.0 when the concrete breakout
strength Vcb or Vcbg is calculated for shear load acting towards a free edge of
concrete. PROFIS Anchor designates parallel,V equal to 2.0 when Vcb or Vcbg is
calculated per D.6.2.1(c) for shear acting parallel to an edge.
The Design Report shows parallel,V in the Variables section of the Concrete

158
Calculations AVc
Calculations
Reference
AVc
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)
Comments
AVc is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected area of the failure
surface on the side of the concrete member at its edge for a single anchor
or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates AVc per the provisions of
D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(b). The Design Report shows AVc in
the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters
and the calculated value for AVc in the Calculations section of the Concrete
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating AVc.
parameters used to calculate AVc directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the Enter" key to set the new value.

159
Calculations AVc (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
Calculations AVc0
Calculations
Reference
AVc0
Comments
AVc0 is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected shear concrete
failure area of a single anchor with no limitations due to anchor spacing,
edge distance or concrete thickness. PROFIS Anchor calculates AVc0 per the
provisions of D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(a).
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
AVc0 in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
Calculations ec,V
Calculations
Reference
ec,V
Comments
ec,V is a modification factor that is applied when an eccentric shear force
acts towards the edge of a concrete member. ec,V is only applied when
calculating concrete breakout (Vcbg) for anchor groups loaded ecccentrically
in shear.
If the shear force acting on a connection acts above the concrete surface, it
must be resolved into components corresponding to the portion of the force
that acts at the surface along with any resulting bending moment acting on
the anchors.

160
Calculations ec,V (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
The illustration to the left shows the design assumptions used when
calculating ec,V.
calculated value for ec,V in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters .
PROFIS Anchor calculates ec,V using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
ec,V.

161

Calculations
Reference
Comments
input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.
NOTE: P

162

Calculations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
length and width.
connection. It uses a finite element program to determine the resultant shear
load when a torsion moment acts on the connection.
The resultant loads are given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
of the Design Report. Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension
and compression forces that are assumed to act on the anchorage as well as
the shear forces assumed to act on each anchor.
Calculations ed,V
Calculations
Reference
ed,V
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.6 EQ. (D-28)

Comments
ed,V is the modification factor for edge effect for a single anchor or group
of anchors loaded in shear. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ.
(D-28) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters and the calculated value for ed,V in the Calculations section of
163
Calculations h,V
Calculations
Reference
h,V
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 EQ. (D-29)

h,v =
1.5 ca1
_______
1.0
ha
Comments
h,V is a modification factor that addresses the effects of anchors installed in

a thin concrete member.
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.8 defines a thin member as one in which the
member thickness (ha) is less than 1.5 x anchor distance to the member edge
(ca1) in the direction of shear load (Vua).
calculated value in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
Calculations Vb Equation D-24

Calculations
Reference
Vb
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2 EQ. (D-24)
l 0.2
e
Vb = 7 ___
da fc (ca1)1.5
da
Comments
anchor in cracked concrete. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
EQ. (D-24) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters and the calculated value for Vb in the Calculations section
Calculations Vb Equation D-25

Calculations
Reference
Vb
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.3 EQ. (D-25)
l 0.2
e
Vb = 8 ___
da fc (ca1)1.5
d
a
Comments
anchor in cracked concrete. EQ. (D-25) is applicable to cast-in-place
anchors that are continuously welded to steel attachments. Criteria for using
this equation are given in D.6.2.3.
calculated value for Vb in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout

164
Results Vcb
Results
Reference
Vcb
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-21)
A
Vc
Vcb = ____
ed,V c,V h,V parallel,V Vb
A
Vc0
Comments
Vcb corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a single
cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. PROFIS Anchor
calculates Vcb per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-21) using the calculated
values for AVc, AVc0, ed,V, h,V, Vb shown in the Calculations section of the
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using the values for
c,V and parallel,V shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
The result of the calculation for Vcb is shown in the Results section of the
Results Vcbg
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-22)
Vcbg corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of

cast-in-place anchors or post-installed anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates
Vcbg per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-22) using the calculated values for
AVc, AVc0, ec,V, ed,V, h,V, Vb shown in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters and using the values for c,V and
parallel,V shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
A
Vc
Vcbg = ____
ec,V ed,V c,V h,V parallel,V Vb
AVc0
The result of the calculation for Vcbg is shown in the Results section of the
Results Vcb
Results
Reference
Vcb
Comments
Strength for a single anchor as Vcb and shows this value in the Results

concrete Vcb for non-seismic conditions.
concrete seismic nonductile Vcb for seismic conditions.
A summary of shear Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service Loads

165
Results Vcbg
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcbg

Strength for a group of anchors as Vcbg and shows this value in the Results

concrete Vcbg for non-seismic conditions.
concrete seismic nonductile Vcbg for seismic conditions.
Loads is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.
Results concrete
Results
Reference
Comments
concrete
cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.i


Condition A
Condition B
0.75
0.70
0.75
0.70
i) Shear loads
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)

corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength in shear as concrete. The value
for concrete is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
given in D.4.4.c.i.

(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)

166

Results
Reference
Comments
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor

Anchor will use the Condition A values for concrete given in D.4.4.c.i.
D.4.4c.i
D.4.4c.i

Per D.4.4.c.i, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B concrete factors

mechanical and adhesive post installed
anchors
167
Results nonductile
Results
Reference
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
Comments
N


N
S
icon in yellow.

168
Results seismic
Results
Reference
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
Comments


icon in yellow.
Strengths.
The value for seismic is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout
seismic = 0.75.
seismic.
Results Vua
Results
Reference
Comments
Vua
ACI 318-08.

169

Results
Reference
Comments
Vua

170

Results
Reference
Comments
shear.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength
in Part 4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout
Strength design parameters. When evaluating Design Concrete Breakout
Strength, Vua corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on the
anchors that are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a
double asterisk (**) next to Concrete edge failure indicating that the value
for Vua pertains to the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are
determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Vcb Vua or Vcbg Vua must be satisfied. If
the value for Vcb or Vcbg shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of
the Design Report is the value shown for Vua under the heading Load, the
If the value for Vcb or Vcbg is < Vua, the note not recommended will appear
The value shown under the heading Utilization V [%] in Part 4 of the
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / Vn. When evaluating Concrete
Breakout Strength, Vua corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on
the anchors in the connection as described above. Vn corresponds to the
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (Vcb or Vcbg) as defined above.

171
Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls
Equations Vcp or Vcpg versus Vua

Equation
Reference
Vcp or Vcpg Vua
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-2)

ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.2
Comments
calculated Design Strength to the Factored Service load input by the user.
ACI 318-08.

Equations Vcp
Equation
A
Nc
Vcp = kcp _____
ed,Nc,Ncp,NNb
ANc0
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30)
PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate Vcp for a single castin-place anchor or a single mechanical anchor. When designing adhesive
anchors, this equation is used when concrete breakout strength is the
controlling value for:
Vcp = MINIMUM {kcpNa ; kcpNcb}.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a single cast-in-place anchor and for a single
mechanical anchor. The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a single adhesive
anchor when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for
pryout.
The parameters used to calculate Vcp are shown in the Calculations section
of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vcp is
shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

172
Equations Vcpg
Equation
A
Nc
Vcpg = kcp _____
ec,Ned,Nc,Ncp,NNb
A
Nc0
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)
4-anchors are in tension.

6-anchors are in shear.
PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate Vcpg for a group of
cast-in-place anchors or a group of mechanical anchors.
adhesive anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling value
for:
Vcpg = MINIMUM {kcpNag ; kcpNcbg}.
PROFIS Anchor calculations for Vcpg assume that all anchors involved in
resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs. Therefore,
if some of the anchors in the connection are in tension and some are in
compression, tension calculations are based on only those anchors that
are in tension while shear calculations for pryout will be based on all of the
anchors in the connection if all are utilized to resist shear load.
Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place anchors and for a
group of mechanical anchors.
Ncbg calculations for tension

based on 4-bolts in tension.
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when concrete
breakout strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
The parameters used to calculate Vcpg are shown in the Calculations section
of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vcpg is
Ncbg calculations for pryout

based on 6-bolts in shear.

173
Variables kcp
Variables
Reference
Comments
kcp
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.3.1
kcp is defined as the coefficient for pryout strength. Per EQ. (D-30) or
EQ. (D-31) in ACI 318-08 Appendix D, kcp is multiplied by the Nominal
Concrete Breakout Strength in tension to obtain the Nominal Concrete Pryout
Strength (Vcp or Vcpg) in shear.
kcp is dependent on the embedment depth (hef) selected for a given anchor
such that:
kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in.
kcp = 2.0 for hef 2.5 in.
maximum value of:
main screen.
value.

174
Variables kcp (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
When designing adhesive anchors, users can input values for effective
maximum value of:
main screen.
and input an appropriate value for hef. Click the Enter" key to set the new
value.

175
Variables kcp (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
The value for hef when designing mechanical anchors is pre-determined for
each anchor and embedment depths outside the pre-determined values
cannot be used.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type, diameter and
embedment depth using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane.

176
Calculations Vcp
Calculations
A
Nc
Vcp = kcp _____
ed,Nc,Ncp,NNb
A
Nc0
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30)
pryout.
Calculations Vcpg
Calculations
A
Nc
Vcpg = kcp _____
ec,Ned,Nc,Ncp,NNb
ANc0
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)

for:
When determining Vcpg, PROFIS Anchor performs calculations for those
anchors that are in shear based on the assumption that all anchors involved
in resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs.
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place
anchors and for a group of mechanical anchors.
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive
anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for
pryout.



177
Results Vcp
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcp
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30)
Pryout Strength (Concrete Breakout Strength controls)
Equations
Nc
Vcp = kcp _____
ed,Nc,Ncp,NNb
ANc0
ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-30)

pryout.
Results Vcpg
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcpg
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)

for:



178
Results Vcpg (continued)

Results
Reference
Comments
Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place anchors and for a
group of mechanical anchors.
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when concrete
breakout strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
Results Vcp
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcp

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for
a single anchor as Vcp and shows this value in the Results section of the
Pryout Strength design parameters.
Design Pryout Strength for a single anchor equals:
concrete Vcp for non-seismic conditions.
concrete seismic nonductile Vcp for seismic conditions.

179
Results Vcpg
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcpg

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for a
group of anchors as Vcpg and shows this value in the Results section of the
Design Pryout Strength for a group of anchors equals:
concrete Vcpg for non-seismic conditions.
concrete seismic nonductile Vcpg for seismic conditions.
Results concrete
Results
Reference
Comments
concrete
cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.i


Condition A
Condition B
0.75
0.70
0.75
0.70
i) Shear loads
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)

corresponding to some form of concrete breakout in shear as concrete. The
value for concrete is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.
given in D.4.4.c.i.

(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)

180

Results
Reference
Comments
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor

D.4.4c.i
D.4.4c.i


anchors
181
Results seismic
Results
Reference
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
Comments

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions. Click on the icon titled
Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if seismic conditions have
been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon in yellow.
seismic = 0.75

Strengths per D.3.3.3.
The value for seismic is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.

seismic = 0.75.

seismic.

182
Results nonductile
Results
Reference
Comments
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6


N
N
definition of ductile steel element" given in Part D.1.
S
icon in yellow.
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.

183
Results Vua
Results
Reference
Vua
Comments
ACI 318-08.

184

Results
Reference
Comments

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads acting
on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The sum
of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or shear.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Pryout Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pryout Strength, Vua corresponds to
the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are determined to be
in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Pryout
Strength indicating that the value for Vua pertains to the total factored shear
load acting on the anchors that are determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Vcp Vua or Vcpg Vua must be satisfied. If the
value for Vcp or Vcpg shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of the
Design Report is the value shown for Vua under the heading Load, the
If the value for Vcp or Vcpg is < Vua, the note not recommended will appear
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / Vn. When evaluating Pryout
anchors in the connection as described above. Vn corresponds to the
Design Pryout Strength (Vcp or Vcpg) as defined above.

185
Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls
Equations Vcp
Equations
A
Na
Vcp = kcp _____
ed,Na p,NaNa0
A
Na0
Reference
Comments
ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(a) EQ. (D-30a)
PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308, EQ. (D-30a) to calculate Vcp for a single
adhesive anchor. This equation is used when bond strength is the controlling
value in:
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30a) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a single adhesive anchor when bond strength
is the controlling condition for pryout.
Equations Vcpg
Equations
A
Na
Vcpg = kcp _____
ed,Na g,Naec,Nap,NaNa0
A
Na0
Reference
Comments
ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(b) EQ. (D-30b)
PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-30b) to calculate Vcpg for a group
of adhesive anchors when bond strength is the controlling value for:
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30b) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when bond
strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
Nag calculations for tension
based on 2-anchors in tension.
Nag calculations for pryout

based on 3-anchors in shear.

186
Equations Vcp or Vcpg versus Vua

Equations
Reference
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-2)
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.2
Comments
calculated Design Strength to the Factored Service load input by the user.
ACI 318-08.


187
Variables kcp
Variables
Reference
Comments
kcp
kcp is defined as the coefficient for pryout strength. Per EQ. (D-30a) or
EQ. (D-30b) in ICC-ES AC308, kcp is multiplied by the Nominal Bond Strength
in tension to obtain the Nominal Concrete Pryout Strength (Vcp or Vcpg) in
shear. kcp is dependent on the embedment depth (hef) selected for a given
anchor such that:
kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in.
kcp = 2.0 for hef 2.5 in.
When designing adhesive anchors, the users can input values for effective
maximum value of:
main screen.
value.

188
Calculations Vcp
Calculations
A
Na
Vcp = kcp _____
ed,Na p,NaNa0
A
Na0
Reference
Comments
value in:
Calculations Vcpg
Calculations
A
Na
Vcpg = kcp _____
ANa0
Reference
Comments
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30b) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when bond
strength is the controlling condition for pryout.


189
Results Vcp
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcp
value in:
Results Vcpg
Results
A
Na
Vcpg = kcp _____
ANa0
Reference
Comments

190
Results Vcp
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcp
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for
a single anchor as Vcp and shows this value in the Results section of the
concrete Vcp for non-seismic conditions.
concrete seismic nonductile Vcp for seismic conditions.
Results Vcpg
Results
Reference
Comments
Vcpg
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for a
group of anchors as Vcpg and shows this value in the Results section of the
concrete Vcpg for non-seismic conditions.
concrete seismic nonductile Vcpg for seismic conditions.

191
Results concrete
Results
concrete
Reference
Comments


Condition A
Condition B
0.75
0.70
0.75
0.70
i) Shear loads
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)

corresponding to some form of concrete breakout as concrete. The value
for concrete is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
parameters.
The illustration to the left is taken from ACI 318-08. It references concrete
values based on either Condition A or Condition B as given in D.4.4.c.i. These
values are intended to be used for cast-in-place anchors.

(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for
the anchor will show concrete values corresponding to Condition B.
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor


192

Results
Reference
D.4.4c.i
D.4.4c.i
Comments
concrete Vcp and concreteVcpg pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
anchors
Results seismic
Results
Reference
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
Comments

Select seismic design by clicking on the Loads tab, then clicking on the icon
titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if seismic conditions
have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon in yellow.
Strengths per D.3.3.3.
seismic = 0.75


193
Results seismic (continued)

Results
Reference
Comments
The value for seismic is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.
seismic = 0.75.

seismic.
Results nonductile
Results
Reference
Comments
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6


N
N
definition of ductile steel element" given in Part D.1.
S
icon in yellow.
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.

194
Results Vua
Results
Reference
Vua
Comments
ACI 318-08.

195

Results
Reference
Comments

shear.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Pryout Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pryout Strength, Vua corresponds to
the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are determined to be
in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Pryout
Strength indicating that the value for Vua pertains to the total factored shear
load acting on the anchors that are determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; Vcp Vua or Vcpg Vua must be satisfied. If
the value for Vcp or Vcpg shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of
the Design Report is the value shown for Vua under the heading Load, the
If the value for Vcp or Vcpg is < Vua, the note not recommended will appear
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / Vn. When evaluating Pryout
anchors in the connection as described above. Vn corresponds to the
Design Pryout Strength (Vcp or Vcpg) as defined above.

196
Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm
Equations Stand-off Condition None

Equations
Reference
Comments
No Stand-Off
No stand-off can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab, then

clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off.
Highlight and click on No stand-off.
PROFIS Anchor defaults to this option unless a specific type of stand-off is
selected.
Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping

Equations
Reference
Comments
Stand-Off without Clamping
Stand-off without clamping can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate

tab, then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off.
Highlight and click on Stand-off without clamping.
PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using the Bending Equation for
Stand-off when this option is selected. Calculations are for a single anchor
with no clamping at the surface of the concrete.
Adhesive anchors and cast-in-place anchors can be installed without
clamping at the surface of the concrete. PROFIS Anchor will default to
adhesive anchors when users are designing post-installed anchors and
Stand-off without clamping is selected.

197
Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping (continued)

Equations
Bending Equation for Stand-off
M x Ms
VsM = _______
Lb
Reference
Comments
Illustration #2
Stand-off without clamping at surface of concrete
Ms denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a

shear load (Vua) is applied to a base plate with stand-off. Refer to the equation
for Ms to obtain detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.
The lever arm (Lb) will increase by a value of 0.5d0 when no clamping is
assumed at the surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for Lb to obtain
detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.
Users can select a level of rotational restraint (M) by inputting a value in the
box titled Rotational restraint. Values for M can range between 1.0
(no rotational restraint) and 2.0 (full rotational restraint). PROFIS Anchor
defaults to M = 1.0 when no clamping is assumed at the surface of the
concrete; however, users can select a level of rotational restraint (M) > 1.0
by inputting a value between 1 and 2.
Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping

Equations
Reference
Comments
Stand-Off with Clamping
Stand-off with clamping can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab,
then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off. Highlight
and click on Stand-off with clamping.
with clamping assumed at the surface of the concrete. Mechanical anchors
must be installed with clamping at the surface of the concrete unless the
stand-off is grouted.

198
Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping (continued)

Equations
M x Ms
VsM = _______
Lb
Reference
Comments
Illustration #3
Stand-off with clamping at surface of concrete

The lever arm (Lb) will equal the value z when clamping is assumed at the
surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for Lb to obtain detailed
information on how to calculate this parameter.
defaults to M = 1.0 when clamping is assumed at the surface of the
concrete; however, users can select a level of rotational restraint (M) > 1.0
by inputting a value between 1 and 2.
Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting

Equations
Reference
Comments
Stand-Off with Grouting
Stand-off with grouting can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab,
then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off. Highlight
and click on Stand-off with grouting.
with no clamping assumed at the surface of the concrete. All of the anchors
in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio can be utilized when stand-off with grouting
is selected.

199
Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting (continued)

Equations
M x Ms
VsM = _______
Lb
Reference
Comments
Illustration #4
Stand-off with grouting

Adhesive anchors, cast-in-place anchors and mechanical anchors can be
installed without clamping at the surface of the concrete when the stand-off
is grouted. PROFIS Anchor conservatively assumes the lever arm (Lb) will
increase by a value of 0.5d0 when stand-off with grouting is selected. This
corresponds to the assumption made when no clamping is assumed at
the surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for Lb to obtain detailed
information on how to calculate this parameter.
defaults to M = 2.0 when stand-off with grouting is selected; however,
users can select a level of rotational restraint (M) < 2.0 by inputting a value
between 1 and 2.

200
Equations Vsm
Equations
Reference
ETAG 001, Annex C - Design Methods For Anchorages. Part 4.2.2.4.
M x Ms
VsM = _______
Lb
Comments
When standoff exists, PROFIS Anchor calculates a shear load, which is
denoted VsM. This load corresponds to the flexural bending of the anchor steel.
Calculations for flexural bending are shown in Part 4 of the Design Report
under the heading Steel failure (with lever arm). The calculations are
performed for a single anchor. The equation used in PROFIS Anchor to
calculate flexural bending is taken from the Guideline for European
Technical Approval of Metal Anchors For Use In Concrete:
ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages.
Refer to Part 4.2.2.4.
The Design Report shows the equation for VsM in the Equations section of
the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the calculated value
for VsM in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters
Equations MS
Equations
Nua
MS = MS0 1 _____
Nsa
Reference
Resultant flexural resistance of anchor
Comments
shear load is applied to a base plate with stand-off. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate Ms in the Equations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the
calculated value for Ms in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Lever Arm design parameters.
Equations MS0
Equations
Reference
MS0 = 1.2 S fu,min
Characteristic flexural resistance of anchor

Comments
Ms0 denotes the characteristic value for the bending moment corresponding
to rupture. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to
calculate Ms0 in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm
design parameters and the calculated value for Ms0 in the Calculations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.
201
Equations S
Equations
Reference
Elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface
Comments
S denotes the section modulus for the anchor element. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate S in the Equations
calculated value for S in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Section modulus calculations assume a uniform anchor cross section. The
value for anchor diameter used to calculate S is dependent upon the type of
anchor being used: cast-in-place or post-installed.
(d nominal)3
s = _________
32
(d minor)3
s = ________
32
The Design Report shows the nominal anchor diameter as d0 in the Variables
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters. The minor
anchor diameter for post-installed anchors is calculated internally by the
program. Values are calculated using metric units and then converted into
fractional values, which may lead to minor variances as a result of rounding.
Equations Lb
Equations
Reference
Comments
Lb
Lb corresponds to the lever arm used to calculate the moment for bolt
bending Ms. The value (n)(d0) primarily pertains to post-installed anchors.
(n)(d0) is used to account for a point of fixity located 0.5d0 below the surface
of the concrete as a result of localized crushing that may occur at the side of
the drilled hole when the anchor is subjected to bending. When no clamping
is provided at the surface of the concrete, the lever arm is assumed to
increase by a value of 0.5d0.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place
anchors by a value of 0.5d0 when Stand-off without clamping is selected as
a design option.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d0 when Stand-off with grouting is
selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows the equation for Lb in the Equations section of
for Lb in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.

202
Equations (1 Nua /Nsa )

Equations
Reference
Comments
The value (1 Nua/Nsa) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts
simultaneously with a shear force on the anchor.
Nua
1 _____
Nsa
Nua corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on a single

anchor.
Nsa corresponds to the Design Steel Strength calculated for a single anchor,
using the parameters pertaining to the anchor type selected.
(1 Nua/Nsa) is shown in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With
Lever Arm design parameters. The individual values for Nua and Nsa are
shown in the Variables section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Equations VsM versus Vua

Equations
Reference
Comments
VsM Vua

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Failure With
Lever Arm as VsM and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel
Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals: steel VsM for non-seismic
conditions.
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals: steel nonductile VsM for seismic
conditions.

203
Variables M
Variables
Reference
Comments
M is a coefficient that is used to define the degree of rotational restraint for a

stand-off application. M = 1.0 when no rotational restraint is assumed.
M = 2.0 when full rotational restraint is assumed.
When a stand-off option is selected, users can enter a value for M in the
box titled Rotational Restraint. Click on the Anchor Plate tab, then click on
the box titled Stand-off. M can range between 1 and 2 depending on the
amount of rotational restraint assumed by the user. If a stand-off condition
other than grouting is selected, PROFIS Anchor will default to an M value =
1.0. If stand-off with grouting is selected, PROFIS Anchor will default to an M
value = 2.0.
The Design Report shows M in the Variables section of the Steel Failure
With Lever Arm design parameters.
Variables fu,min
Variables
Reference
fu,min
Comments
fu,min corresponds to the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the anchor
element.
PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place

anchor portfolio
Ultimate tensile strength values for the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio correspond to ASTM F1554 anchor bolts.
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
Ultimate tensile strength values for post-installed anchors are given in the
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.
The Design Report shows the value for fu,min in the Variables section of the
Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

204
Variables Nua
Variables
Nua
Reference
Nua
1 _____
Nsa
Comments
anchor.
parameters.

entering a value.

205
Variables z
Variables
Reference
Comments
bending Ms.
z equals the distance measured from the surface of the concrete to the
center of the base plate.
The Design Report shows the value for z in the Variables section of the Steel
The distance from the surface of the concrete to the bottom of the base plate
is designated in PROFIS Anchor as Distance. Click on the Anchor Plate tab,
then click on the box titled Stand-off. Enter the value corresponding to the
distance from the surface of the concrete to the bottom of the base plate in
the box titled Distance.
The base plate thickness can be entered by highlighting the corresponding

parameter on the main screen and inputting a value; or by clicking on the
Anchor Plate tab, then entering a value in the box titled Thickness.

206
Variables d0
Variables
Reference
Comments
d0
d0 corresponds to the diameter of the anchor element. Values for d0 are used
to calculate the lever arm (Lb) that is used in the bolt bending equation.
d0 for a specific anchor is selected from the anchor portfolios that appear in
the Filter Pane.
The Filter Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View
tab then checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The Design Report shows d0 in the Variables section of the Steel failure With

207
Variables n
Variables
Reference
Comments
The value (n)(d0) is used to account for a point of fixity located at or below the
surface of the concrete, as a result of localized crushing that may occur at
the side of a drilled hole.
When clamping is provided at the surface of the concrete, the point of fixity is
assumed to be located at the surface of the concrete. The value for n equals 0.
When no clamping is provided at the surface of the concrete, the point of
fixity is assumed to be located 0.5d0 below the surface of the concrete. The
value for n equals 0.50.
Although cast-in-place anchor installation does not involve a drilled hole,
a design option.
PROFIS Anchor also conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place
and post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d0 when Stand-off with grouting
is selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows n in the Variables section of the Steel failure With
Variables Nsa
Variables
Nsa
Reference
Nua
1 _____
Nsa
Comments
anchor.
parameters.

208
Calculations Lb
Calculations
Reference
Lb
Comments
bending Ms. The value (n)(d0) primarily pertains to post-installed anchors.
(n)(d0) is used to account for a point of fixity located 0.5d0 below the surface
of the concrete as a result of localized crushing that may occur at the side of
the drilled hole when the anchor is subjected to bending. When no clamping
is provided at the surface of the concrete, the lever arm is assumed to
increase by a value of 0.5d0.
a design option.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d0 when Stand-off with grouting is
selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows the equation for Lb in the Equations section of
for Lb in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Calculations MS
Calculations
MS
Reference
Nu
MS = MS 1 _____
Nsa
0
Comments
shear load is applied to a base plate with stand-off. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate Ms in the Equations
calculated value for Ms in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Calculations MS0
Calculations
Reference
MS
MS = 1.2 S fu,min

Comments
Ms denotes the characteristic value for the bending moment corresponding
to rupture. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to
calculate Ms0 in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm
design parameters and the calculated value for Ms0 in the Calculations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.
0
209
Calculations S
Calculations
Reference
Elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface
Comments
S denotes the section modulus for the anchor element. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate S in the Equations
calculated value for S in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Section modulus calculations assume a uniform anchor cross section. The
value for anchor diameter used to calculate S is dependent upon the type of
anchor being used: cast-in-place or post-installed.
(d nominal)3
s = _________
32
(d minor)3
s = ________
32
The Design Report shows the nominal anchor diameter as d0 in the Variables
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters. The minor
anchor diameter for post-installed anchors is calculated internally by the
program. Values are calculated using metric units and then converted into
fractional values, which may lead to minor variances as a result of rounding.
Calculations (1 Nua /Nsa )

Calculations
Reference
Nua
1 _____
Nsa
Comments
anchor.
parameters.

210
Results VsM
Results
Reference
Vs
Comments
Service Load (Vua).
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Failure With
Lever Arm as VsM and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:
steel VsM for non-seismic conditions.
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:
steel nonductile VsM for seismic conditions.

Results nonductile
Results
nonductile
Reference
Comments
N
N
S

211

Results
Reference
Comments
in yellow.
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputing values for
The value for nonductile is shown in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-ductile
steel element.
The Design Report results to the left show how nonductile is not applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a ductile
steel element.

212
Results steel
Results
steel
Reference
Comments
cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.ii

PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.ii to determine

Part D.1.
this value in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Results VSM
Results
VSM
Reference
ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages. Part 4.2.2.4.
M x Ms
VsM = _______
Lb
Comments
When standoff exists, PROFIS Anchor calculates a shear load, which is
denoted VsM. This load corresponds to the flexural bending of the anchor
steel.
Calculations for flexural bending are shown in Part 4 of the Design Report
under the heading Steel failure (with lever arm). The calculations are
performed for a single anchor.The equation used in PROFIS Anchor to
calculate flexural bending is taken from the Guideline for European
Technical Approval of Metal Anchors For Use In Concrete:
ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages.
Refer to Part 4.2.2.4.
The Design Report shows the equation for VsM in the Equations section of
for VsM in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters

213
Results Vua
Results
Vua
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)

Service Load (Vua).
ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Vua as the factored shear force applied to a
single anchor or group of anchors.
ACI 318-08.

entering a value.

214

Results
Reference
Comments
shear.
compression.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Steel Failure With Lever Arm
in Part 4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Steel Failure With
Lever Arm design parameters. When evaluating Steel Failure With Lever Arm,
Vua corresponds to the highest factored shear load acting on a single anchor
for those anchors that are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear load will
show a single asterisk (*) next to Steel Failure With Lever Arm indicating
that the value for Vua pertains to the highest shear load acting on a single
anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; VsM is > Vua must be satisfied. If the value for
VsM shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of the Design Report is
the value shown for Vua under the heading Load, the note OK will appear
If the value for VsM is < Vua, the note not recommended will appear under
criteria will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria of
D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / Vn. When evaluating Steel
Failure With Lever Arm, Vua corresponds to the factored shear load acting on
a single anchor as described above. Vn corresponds to the Design Steel
Failure With Lever Arm (VsM) for a single anchor as defined above.

215

This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs
calculations using the provisions of ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3. . . . . . . . . . . 217

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2. . . . . . . . . 218
ACI 318-08
Seismic Provisions
216
Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3

ACI-318-08 Provisions
Reference
D.3.3
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3
Comments
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 contains provisions for seismic design of anchorages
into concrete. Seismic design provisions are used when designing
anchorages that include earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic
Design Category C through F.
PROFIS Anchor users can select the D.3.3 provisions by clicking on the
Loads tab then clicking on the box titled Seismic design.
When Seismic design is selected, three design options become available via
the following provisions: D.3.3.4, D.3.3.5 and D.3.3.6.
Refer to the section in the Design Report titled Warnings for information
about the seismic provisions of D.3.3.

217
Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.2
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2

Reference
D.3.3.2
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2

D.3.3.2 Post-installed structural anchors shall be
qualified for use in cracked concrete and shall have
passed the Simulated Seismic Tests in accordance
with ACI 355.2. Pullout strength Np and steel strength
of the anchor in shear Vsa shall be based on the results
of the ACI 355.2 Simulated Seismic Tests.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength.
Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally
controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318
and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity
and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not
occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalified
for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
PROFIS Anchor will only perform seismic calculations for post-installed

anchors that have been qualified in cracked concrete for seismic conditions.
These anchors can subsequently be used for seismic design in either cracked
or uncracked concrete conditions.
Reference D.3.3.3 for information about uncracked concrete and seismic
design.
PROFIS Anchor will filter out post-installed anchors that are only qualified for
use in uncracked concrete when Seismic design is selected.
Highlighted anchors
are only qualified
for uncracked
concrete, non-seismic
conditions.
Uncracked concrete
seismic design
selected.
Comments
Filtering permits only

anchors qualified for
seismic conditions.

Note in the illustrations to the left that the KWIK HUS and Kwik Bolt 3
anchors have been filtered out when seismic conditions are selected. The
KWIK HUS-EZ and Kwik Bolt-TZ anchors remain because they have been
qualified for seismic conditions.
218
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2 (continued)

Reference
Comments
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

ESR-2322 for HIT-RE 500-SD
V,seis = reduction for steel

strength in shear
N,seis = reduction for bond

strength in tension

Post-installed anchors may have some additional parameters for seismic

conditions. These parameters will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report for the anchor and will be noted as relevant for seismic design.
PROFIS Anchor will utilize these parameters when performing seismic
calculations in both cracked and uncracked concrete conditions.
219

Reference
D.3.3.3
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

Comments
PROFIS Anchor applies a factor = 0.75 to all non-steel design strengths

including Design Bond Strength (Na and Nag) per D.3.3.3 and designates
this factor as seismic.
seismic design options

When users click on the box titled Seismic design, PROFIS Anchor will apply
seismic to all non-steel Design Strength calculations regardless of the seismic
option being selected.
seismic is NOT applied to

Design Steel Strength
Nsa and Vsa.
seismic IS applied to ALL
non-steel design strengths.
Select Seimic design for either post-installed anchors or

cast-in-place anchors.
seismic will be shown in the Results section for each non-steel Design
Strength.
Calculations can be performed

for either cracked concrete or
uncracked concrete conditions.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength.
Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally
controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318
and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity
and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not
occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalified
for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

When users select anchor design for seismic conditions, cracked or

uncracked concrete conditions can be selected.
220

Reference
seismic / uncracked
concrete is selected
uncracked concrete
parmeters
seismic factors
seismic / cracked
concrete is selected
cracked concrete
parmeters
seismic factors

Comments
If uncracked concrete / seismic conditions are selected, PROFIS Anchor

utilizes all relevant parameters and factors for uncracked concrete in the
seismic calculations.
Uncracked concrete parameters have been utilized.
Seismic factors have been utilized.
If cracked concrete / seismic conditions are selected, PROFIS Anchor utilizes

all relevant parameters and factors for cracked concrete in the seismic
calculations.
Cracked concrete parameters have been utilized.
Seismic factors have been utilized.
221

Reference
D.3.3.4
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4
Comments
PROFIS Anchor defaults to the provisions of D.3.3.4 when Seismic design is

selected.
D.3.3.4 Anchors shall be designed to be governed

by the steel strength of a ductile steel element as
determined in accordance with D.5.1 and D.6.1 unless
either D.3.3.5 or D.3.3.6 is satisfied.
When D.3.3.4 is selected two criteria have to be satisfied:

1. t he anchor element selected for use is a ductile steel element per the
definition for Ductile steel element given in Part D.1 of ACI 318-08.
This means that the anchor has a tensile elongation of at least 14
percent and a reduction in area of at least 30 percent. PROFIS
Anchor filters out non-ductile anchor elements when D.3.3.4 is selected
as a seismic design option.
2. t he design steel strengths in tension (Nsa) and shear (Vsa) must
be the controlling design strengths. The controlling design strength
will correspond to the highest % utilization in the tension and shear
summaries given in Part 3 (tension) and Part 4 (shear) of the PROFIS
Anchor Design Report.

222

Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F):
yes (D.3.3.4)
Reference
Comments
D.3.3.4 is selected as the seismic design option.
Even if all of the % utilization values are 100%; when D.3.3.4 is selected,
the Design Steel Strength must be the controlling design strength. If Nsa
and Vsa are not the controlling design strengths and D.3.3.4 has been
selected as the seismic design option, the Design Report will indicate that the
Fastening does not meet the design criteria.
All of the % utilization values are 100% but Nsa does not have the highest % utilization.
Fastening does not meet the design criteria!

The provisions of D.3.3.4 have not been satisfied.

223

Reference
D.3.3.5
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5
Comments
Select the provisions of D.3.3.5 as a seismic design option if the attachment

is being designed to yield. NOTE: PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the
base plate is rigid.
D.3.3.5 Instead of D.3.3.4, the attachment that the

anchor is connecting to the structure shall be designed
so that the attachment will undergo ductile yielding
at a force level corresponding to anchor forces no
greater than the design strength of anchors specified
in D.3.3.3.
If D.3.3.5 is selected as a seismic design option, a message will appear

asking if the user would like to re-input loads corresponding to yielding of
the attachment.
If the original loads input by the user are to be modified so that they
correspond to ductile yielding of the attachment, click on the option titled
Yes. The Enter loads option will appear and modified loads can be input.
Click OK to close the Enter loads option.
If no load modification is desired, click No when the message for re-inputting
loads appears.

224

Reference
Comments
When D.3.3.5 is selected as a seismic design option, the anchor element can
be ductile or non-ductile, and the Design Steel Strength does not need to be
the controlling design strength.
ACI 318-08 requires a reduction to be applied to Design Strengths
corresponding to non-ductile failure modes if ductility does not control the
design. PROFIS Anchor designates this reduction nonductile.
Since the provisions of D.3.3.5 result in a ductile failure mode controlling the
design, the non-ductile reduction is not applied and nonductile will be shown in
the Design Report = 1.0. Ductility is assumed to be satisfied by the ductile
yielding of the attachment.
No reduction for non-ductile failure modes is applied.
Fastening meet the design criteria!

225

Reference
D.3.3.6
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
Comments
The provisions of D.3.3.6 assume that the failure mode will be brittle, i.e.,
a non-ductile failure mode. A reduction is applied to the calculated Design
Strengths for all non-ductile failure modes in both tension and shear.
Therefore, this reduction is applied to all non-steel Design Strengths as well
as Steel Design Strengths calculated for non-ductile anchor elemments.
PROFIS Anchor designates this reduction as nonductile.
D.1 Definitions
Brittle steel emement An element with a
tensile test elongation of less than 14 percent,
or reduction in area of less than 30 percent,
or both.
Ductile steel element An element with a
tensile test elongation of at least 14 percent
and reduction in area of at least 30 percent.
A steel element meeting the requirements of
ASTM A307 shall be considered ductile.

The definitions given in ACI 318-08, Part D.1 for a brittle steel element and a
ductile steel element are shown to the left.
PROFIS Anchor permits users to input values for nonductile ranging from the
default value of 0.4 given in D.3.3.6 to a value of 1.0. Note that ACI 318-08
permits a nonductile value = 0.5 to be used for anchorage into stud bearing
walls. The Commentary in RD.3.3.6 states :
The attachment of light frame stud walls typically involves multiple
anchors that allow for load redistribution. This justifies the use of a less
conservative factor for this case.
0.4 nonductile 1.0
Highlight the box for nonductile and input input the desired value.
PROFIS Anchor defaults to using nonductile = 0.4. nonductile values other than
0.4 should be input only when consideration has been given to modifying
the load factors per the provisions of ASCE 7, or per the governing Building
Code, so as to maintain a global factor of safety that is consistent with
current anchor design practice.

226

Reference
Comments
IBC 2009 contains seismic design provisions for anchorage of non-structural
components and anchors designed to resist wall out-of-plane forces.
Essentially, the ductility requirements of ACI 318-08 D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5 can
be waived for these conditions.
PROFIS Anchor users can input a value for nonductile = 1.0 when assuming the
provisions of IBC 1908.1.9 are relevant for their anchorage. This will permit
anchor design that includes both ductile and non-ductile anchor elements.
The Warnings section of the Design Report notes considerations that should
be made when inputting values for nonductile different from the ACI 318-08,
Part D.3.3.6 default value of 0.4.

227
ACI 318-11
calculations using the provisions of ACI 318-11, Appendix D.
ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
ACI 318-11 Adhesive Anchor Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
ACI 318-11 Sustained Load Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
ACI 318-11 Provisions

228
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1

Reference
D.3.3.1
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1

D.3.3.1 Anchors in structures assigned to Seismic
Design Category C, D, E, or F shall satisfy the additional
requirements of D.3.3.2 through D.3.3.7.
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3 contains the provisions for seismic design of
anchorages into concrete.
Seismic design provisions are used when designing anchorages that include
earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C
through F.
PROFIS Anchor users can select the D.3.3 provisions by clicking on the
Loads tab then clicking on the box titled Seismic design.
When Seismic design is selected, the user can select design using the
provisions of D.3.3.4 for tension load conditions, or design using the
provisions of D.3.3.5 for shear load conditions. Unlike ACI 318-08, which
requires seismic provisions to be utilized simultaneously for tension and shear
load conditions; ACI 318-11 seismic provisions can be utilized for tension
only, shear only, or both tension and shear.
When users select seismic tension as an option, PROFIS Anchor can perform
calculations using the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) through (d). Likewise,
when users select seismic shear as an option, PROFIS Anchor can perform
calculations using the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a) through (c),
PROFIS Anchor will default to the provisions of D.3.3.4.3(a) and D.3.3.5.3(a)
when seismic design is selected. If calculations for tension only, or shear
only are desired, click on None for the load condition not requiring seismic
calculations.
Refer to the Design Guide sections on each of these options for additional
information.

229

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.2
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2
As noted in the commentary RD.3.3.2, the design of anchors in plastic hinge

zones is beyond the scope of ACI 318-11, Appendix D.
D.3.3.2 The provisions of Appendix D do not apply

to the design of anchors in plastic hinge zones of
concrete structures under earthquake forces.

The design of anchors in plastic hinge zones is likewise beyond the scope of
the ACI 318-11, Appendix D version of PROFIS Anchor.
230

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.3
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3
Since the implementation of strength design provisions for anchors into the
ACI 318 and IBC Building Codes, a key requirement regarding the use of post
installed anchors with these provisions, is that post-installed anchors must be
qualified by testing according to an approved standard or criteria. The testing
provides data specific to the performance characteristics of the anchor.
This data can then be used to design the anchor with the strength design
provisions of the ACI 318 and IBC Building Codes.
D.3.3.3 Post-installed anchors shall be qualified for earthquake loading in accordance with
ACI 355.2 or ACI 355.4. The pullout strength Np and steel strength in shear Vsa of expansion and
undercut anchors shall be based on the results of the ACI 355.2 Simulated Seismic Tests. For
adhesive anchors, the steel strength in shear Vsa and the characteristic bond stresses uncr and
cr shall be based on results of the ACI 355.4 Simulated Seismic Tests.
ESR-1917
Kwik Bolt-TZ
ACI has developed a test standard, designated ACI 355.2, to qualify

mechanical anchors for use with the provisions of Appendix D. ACI has
likewise developed (beginning with ACI 318-11) a test standard, designated
ACI 355.4, to qualify adhesive anchors for use with the provisions of
Appendix D. The ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria designated AC193 and AC308
are used to qualify mechanical and adhesive anchors, respectively, for use
with the International Building Codes (IBC). AC193 and AC308 also utilize the
provisions of ACI 355.2 and ACI 355.4.
The illustrations to the left show how the values for Np, Vsa, uncr and cr are
given in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports. Post-installed anchor Evaluation
Service Reports provide data, derived from testing in accordance with the
test standards and Acceptance Criteria noted above, that can be used to
design the anchor with the strength design provisions of the ACI 318 and IBC
Building Codes.
ESR-2322
HIT-RE 500-SD

231
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1

Reference
D.3.3.4.1
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1
D.3.3.4.1 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to a
single anchor or group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor
tensile force associated with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design a single
anchor or group of anchors to satisfy D.5 and the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
Nua = 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
E 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)
Equation (9-5)
If E 0.2Nua, waive provisions of D.3.3.4.
Nua = 0.9D + 1.0E

E 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )
Equation (9-7)
If E 0.2Nua, waive provisions of D.3.3.4.
Nn Nua
Table D.4.1.1
Nominal strength calculations per Part D.5.
Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1.
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4 contains provisons for seismic design of anchors
subjected to tensile loading.
The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.1 set a limit on the need to perform seismic
tension calculations for anchors. Although the anchors will be installed in a
structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, if the value calculated
for the earthquake component (E) is less than or equal to 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (Nua), seismic tension calculations do
not need to be performed for the anchorage. Nominal tension strengths will
be calculated per Part D.5 without any additional seismic-specific factors.
The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These
equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)
include an earthquake component, designated E.
Per D.3.3.4.1, if E 20% of the value calculated using Equation (9-5) or
Equation (9-7), the seismic tension provisions of D.3.3.4 can be waived.
Nominal tension strengths will be calculated per Part D.5. Design tension
strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of ACI
318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks on
the box titled Seismic design. If the anchorage is subjected to tension load
only, and the provisions of D.3.3.4.1 have been satisfied, the Seismic design
option does not need to be selected. PROFIS Anchor calculations will be
performed per the provisions of D.5 and Table D.4.1.1.
Reference the Design Guide section titled D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) when the
earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still be
performed for shear load.

232
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 (continued)

PROFIS Anchor users are responsible for inputting loads that are relevant to
the design method being used. The software does not distinguish between
factored loads and service loads. The tension design strength calculations
performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been
factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the
governing building code.
Users can input load values by clicking on a load parameter shown on the
main screen, as illustrated to the left.
Users can also input load values by clicking on the Loads tab and then
clicking on the box titled Enter loads, as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.1 are applicable, and the anchorage is
subjected to tension load only, do not click on the box titled Seismic design.
Enter the appropriate load values via the main screen, or via the Enter loads
option. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated per Part D.5 and design
tension strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still be
performed for shear load.

233

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.4.2
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2
The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.2 are utilized when anchors will be installed
in a structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, and the value
calculated for the earthquake component (E) is greater than 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (Nua).
D.3.3.4.2 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to anchors
exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile force associated with the same load combination,
anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accordance with D.3.3.4.3. The anchor design tensile
strength shall be determined in accordance with D.3.3.4.4.
Nua = 1
.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
E > 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)
Equation (9-5)
If E > 0.2Nua, design per D.3.3.4.3 and D.3.3.4.4.
Nua = 0.9D + 1.0E

E > 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )
Equation (9-7)
If E > 0.2Nua, design per D.3.3.4.3 and D.3.3.4.4.
Nn Nua
0.75Nn Nua
Table D.4.1.1
Seismic design strength calculations per D.3.3.4.4.
When the provisions of D.3.3.4.2 are utilized, nominal tension strengths will
be calculated per Part D.5. Design tension strengths will be calculated per
D.3.3.4.4, which requires an additional seismic-specific reduction factor
of 0.75 to be applied. The tension design strength calculations performed
by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in
a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing
building code.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of

ACI 318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks
on the box titled Seismic design. The design report will indicate which
seismic provisions have been selected, and the calculation summaries will
include seismic-specific parameters.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section for Part D.3.3.4.4 for
additional information about calculation of seismic design strengths in
tension.
1 Input data
Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F)
Tension load: yes (D.3.3.4.3 (d))

Shear load: no

234

factored loads and service loads. The tension design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads,as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.2 are applicable, click on the box titled
Seismic design, then enter the appropriate load values via the main screen,
or via the Enter loads option. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated
per Part D.5 and design tension strengths will be calculated per D.3.3.4.4.

235
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a)

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.4.3 (a)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a)
The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) address design of a ductile anchor

element, such that the steel strength of the element is the controlling
strength for a seismic anchorage. In order to satisfy these provisions, a
check must be made to determine if the steel strength of a ductile anchor
element will be the lowest, i.e. controlling strength, versus non-steel strengths
corresponding to non-steel anchor failure modes. This check is made by
calculating the ratio of factored load to a defined strength for each possible
anchor failure mode in tension, and comparing the results to one another. If
the ratio corresponding to steel failure exceeds all of the ratios corresponding
to non-steel failure modes, the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 1 and 2
have been satisfied.
D.3.3.4.3 Anchors and their attachments shall satisfy one of options (a) through (d):
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength
of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed
anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of
the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those
anchors. In each case:
1. The steel strength shall be taken as 1.2 times the nominal steel strength of the anchor.
2. The concrete-governed strength shall be taken as the nominal strength considering
pullout, side-face blowout, concrete breakout, and bond strength as applicable. For
consideration of pullout in groups, the ratio shall be calculated for the most highly
stressed anchor.
In addition, the following shall be satisfied:
3. Anchors shall transmit tensile loads via a ductile steel element with a stretch length of
at least eight anchor diameters unless otherwise determined by analysis.
4. Where anchors are subject to load reversals, the anchor shall be protected against
buckling.
5. Where connections are threaded and the ductile steel elements are not threaded over
their entire length, the ratio of futa/fya shall not be less than 1.3 unless the threaded
portions are upset. The upset portions shall not be included in the stretch length.
6. Deformed reinforcing bars used as ductile steel elements to resist earthquake effects
shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and 60 satisfying the requirements of 21.1.5.2
(a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.
PROFIS Anchor will filter out anchor elements that are by definition nonductile when D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected. Part D.1 defines a ductile anchor
element as "An element with a tensile test elongation of at least 14 percent
and a reduction in area of at least 30 percent".
Subsections 3 - 5 are serviceability requirements.
Subsection 6 defines the type of reinforcing bars that can be used with the
provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a).
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected, all of the provisions in Subsections 1 - 6
must be satisfied. The Design Guide section for each subsection of
D.3.3.4.3 (a) provides specific information about these subsections, and
their implementation into PROFIS Anchor.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a)
as follows:
(1) Click on the Loads tab.
(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (a).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3 (a) indicates a ductile failure of the
anchor element is the controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) are selected, and the internal checks
described in Subsections 1 and 2 are satisfied, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1
using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the
-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors.
PROFIS Anchor will likewise calculate the seismic tension design strength for
each relevant failure mode per Part D.3.3.4.4. An additional reduction of 0.75
will be applied to all non-steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates
this factor seismic.

236
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2

Reference
D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2
D.3.3.4.3
1. The steel strength shall be taken as 1.2 times the nominal steel strength of the anchor.
2. The concrete-governed strength shall be taken as the nominal strength considering
pullout, side-face blowout, concrete breakout, and bond strength as applicable. For
consideration of pullout in groups, the ratio shall be calculated for the most highly
stressed anchor.
Comments
The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) require the steel strength of a ductile
anchor element to be the controlling strength for a seismic anchorage. In
order to satisfy these provisions, the ratio of factored load to a defined
"strength" for each possible anchor failure mode in tension is calculated.
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected, PROFIS Anchor performs an internal check
using the strength values defined in Subsections 1 and 2.
Subsection 1 defines the ratio of (factored load / strength) for steel failure.
This ratio is expressed as:
( Nua,i / 1.2Nsa )
where: N
ua,i = the most highly stressed anchor in the group
and
ominal steel strength calculated per Equation (D-2) in
Nsa = n
Part D.5.1.2. for a cast-in-place anchor.
ominal steel strength given in the ICC-ES
Nsa = n
Evaluation Service Report for a post-installed anchor
Subsection 2 defines the ratio of (factored load / strength) for non-steel
failure. This ratio is expressed as:
( Nua / NN )
where: Nua = t he total factored load acting on the anchors in tension for all
failure modes except pullout
and
Nua,i = t he most highly stressed anchor in the group (pullout)
ominal strengths for concrete breakout, pullout, side-face
NN = n
blowout and bond as applicable for a particular anchor type
(cast-in-place or post-installed).
The ratio (factored load/strength) is shown on the main screen of PROFIS
Anchor in the Results pane under the heading Utilization (%). If
(Nua,i / 1.2Nsa) exceeds (Nua / NN) for all possible non-steel failure modes
relevant to an anchor, the Utilization (%) values will be shown in black.
If the ratio (Nua,i / 1.2Nsa) for steel failure is less than the ratio (Nua / NN)
for any possible non-steel failure mode relevant to an anchor, the steel
Utilization (%) value, and any non-steel Utilization (%) value that exceeds
the steel value, will be shown in red. A message will appear in the Messages
pane indicating the steel strength of the anchor is not the controlling strength.
The provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections

1 and 2 have been satisfied.
The provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections

1 and 2 have not been satisfied.

237
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2 (continued)
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 are satisfied: design strengths are calculated per D.3.3.4.4.
If (Nua,i / 1.2Nsa) exceeds (Nua / NN) for all possible non-steel failure modes
relevant to an anchor, the Utilization = N values shown in the Tension Load
summary given in Part 3 of the design report will correspond to
(Nua,i / steelNsa) for steel strength, and (Nua / seismicNNN) for non-steel
strengths. The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of
the design report for each failure mode, will be calculated using the nominal
strength provisions given in Part D.5.1 through D.5.5, as applicable, for the
selected anchor.
N-factors will be based on the provisions of D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors
and the values given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed
anchors. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide sections on tension
calculations for more information about -factors specific to a particular
failure mode.
The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of the design
report for each failure mode, will also show an additional -factor, which
PROFIS Anchor designates seismic, being applied to non-steel design
strengths per the provisions of D.3.3.4.4. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design
Guide section on Part D.3.3.4.4 for more information about seismic.
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 are not satisfied: the parameters used to check these
subsections are shown in Part 3 of the PROFIS Anchor design report.
If (Nua,i / 1.2Nsa) is less than (Nua / NN) for any possible non-steel failure mode
relevant to an anchor, the Utilization = N values shown in the Tension Load
summary given in Part 3 of the design report will correspond to (Nua,i / 1.2Nsa)
for steel strength, and (Nua / NN) for non-steel strengths. The statement not
recommended will appear under the heading Status for any non-steel
failure mode having a utilization that exceeds the steel strength utilization.
The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of the design
report for each failure mode, will be calculated using the nominal strength
provisions given in Part D.5.1 through D.5.5, as applicable, for the selected
anchor. The steel value will be shown = 1.2, and the N values will be shown
= 1.0, for both cast-in-place anchors and post-installed anchors. The seismic
value will also be shown = 1.0 for both cast-in-place anchors and postinstalled anchors.
Since the check required per D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 has not been
satisfied, design strength calculations per D.3.3.4.4 are not relevant. Instead,
the calculations given in Part 3 of the design report for each failure mode will
show the parameters used to perform the checks of Subsections 1 and 2.
This will permit the user to verify why the checks have not been satisfied.

238
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3

Reference
D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3
D.3.3.4.3
3. Anchors shall transmit tensile loads via a ductile steel element with a stretch length of
at least eight anchor diameters unless otherwise determined by analysis.
Comments
D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 3 is a serviceability requirement.
Stretch length is defined in ACI 318-11, Part D.1 as the length of anchor,
extending beyond concrete in which it is anchored, subject to full tensile
load applied to anchor, and for which cross-sectional area is minimum and
constant. Examples of stretch length are illustrated in ACI 318-11,
Fig. RD.1.3. Refer to the ACI 318-11 Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 for more
information about stretch length.
Parameters related to stretch length are not within the scope of PROFIS
Anchor. It will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy Subsection 3.
PROFIS Anchor will assume that Subsection 3 is satisfied when D.3.3.4.3 (a)
is selected.
Information about the available thread length of Hilti post-installed anchors
can be obtained in the Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.

Reference
D.3.3.4.3
4. Where anchors are subject to load reversals, the anchor shall be protected against
buckling.

Comments
D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 4 is a serviceability requirement.
When an anchor designed to include a stretch length is subjected to
compression load, buckling should be considered. The ACI 318-11
Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 suggests placing the anchor in a tube that does not
contribute to the tension capacity of the anchor. Refer to the Commentary
RD.3.3.4.3 for more information about Subsection 4.
Parameters related to anchor buckling are not within the scope of PROFIS
Anchor. It will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy Subsection 4.
PROFIS Anchor will assume that Subsection 4 is satisfied when D.3.3.4.3 (a)
is selected.
239

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.4.3
The provisions of subsection 5 are not within the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It
will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy subsection 5. PROFIS Anchor
will assume that subsection 5 is satisfied when D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected.

5. Where connections are threaded and the ductile steel elements are not threaded over
their entire length, the ratio of futa/fya shall not be less than 1.3 unless the threaded
portions are upset. The upset portions shall not be included in the stretch length.
The illustration to the left shows a steel element that is not threaded over its
entire length. The threaded portion is upset. The upset portion shall not be
included in the stretch length per D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 5.

240

Reference
Comments
ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60
reinforcing bars are considered ductile steel elements in the ACI 318 Building
Code. PROFIS Anchor performs ACI 318-11 Appendix D calculations with
these reinforcing bar types used in conjunction with a qualified Hilti adhesive
anchor system. These calculations treat the reinforcing bar as an anchor
element, per Appendix D, rather than reinforcement designed per ACI 318-11
Chapter 12.
D.3.3.4.3
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of
the tensile load on the most highly stressed anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of the
tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those anchors. In each case:
6. Deformed reinforcing bars used as ductile steel elements to resist earthquake effects shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and
60 satisfying the requirements of 21.1.5.2 (a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.
Engineering practice has traditionally assumed that reinforcing bars are

ductile steel elements. The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for Hilti
adhesive anchor systems have been modified such that the -factors for the
steel strength of ASTM A615, Gr. 40 and ASTM A615, Gr. 60 reinforcing bars
correspond to the brittle -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (b). Reference
ESR-2322 and ESR-3013.
The reason given for this modification, which differs from the assumptions
used in the ACI 318 Building Code, is that the ASTM standards for reinforcing
bars do not provide the parameters commonly used to define a ductile steel
element:
14% tensile test elongation

and
30% reduction in cross-sectional area.
The steel design tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for ASTM A706,
Grade 60 reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive anchor systems utilize the
ductile -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (a). Reference ESR-3187.
PROFIS Anchor uses the design data given in the Evaluation Service Reports
for post-installed anchors. When reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive
anchor systems are selected in PROFIS Anchor, the -factors given in the
steel design tables of the Evaluation Service Report will be used to calculate
the design steel strength. However, pursuant with D.3.3.4.3 (a) 6 and Part
21.1.5.2 in ACI 318-11, PROFIS Anchor performs seismic calculations for
reinforcing bars based on the assumption that they are all ductile steel
elements. Therefore, the -factors used in PROFIS Anchor are in compliance
with the Evaluation Service Reports, but the design calculations assume
ductility per the ACI 318 Building Code.

241
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b)

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.4.3 (b)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b)
When D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected, ductile yielding of the attachment is assumed

to control the anchorage design. PROFIS Anchor will not filter out anchor
elements that are by definition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected.
This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the
PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3 (b)
is selected.
(b) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension that can be
transmitted to the anchor or group of anchors based on the development of a ductile
yield mechanism in the attachment in flexure, shear, or bearing, or a combination of those
conditions, and considering both material overstrength and strain hardening effects for
the attachment. The anchor design tensile strength shall be calculated from D.3.3.4.4.
Design of the attachment is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the

responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions
of D.3.3.4.3 (b). PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software
program for base plate design !! It uses a rigid base plate assumption when
determining the resultant tension load acting on a connection and the
distribution of this load among the anchors in tension.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (b).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3(b) indicates yielding of the attachment is
the controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode using the
-factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors
given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The tension
design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the
loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318
Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
Per Part D.3.3.4.4, an additional reduction of 0.75 will be applied to all nonsteel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor seismic.

242
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b) (continued)

When D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if
they would like to re-input factored loads corresponding to yielding of the
attachment.
If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to input
new tension loads corresponding to axial tension, bending about the x-axis
and bending about the y-axis. Input the desired load values then click OK,
or click on the Enter key to save the new tension load values.
Shear load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.4.3 (b) is a tension design
parameter, and the intent is to draw the user's attention to the possible need
to modify tension loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b).
If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.4.3 (b)
will remain.
It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input
in PROFIS Anchor. The tension design strength calculations performed by
PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a
manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing
building code.
Design of the attachment is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the

responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions of
D.3.3.4.3 (b).
An axial tension load has been input.
Moments are also shown acting
about the x-axis and y-axis.
Referencing Part 2 of the design

report, it can be seen that the tensile
loads are distributed among the
anchors in a manner that provides a
statically determinate solution.
The base plate is assumed to be
rigid.

PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software program for base

plate design !! It calculates a resultant tension load based on the loads that
have been input by the user: axial tension, moment about the x-axis and
moment about the y-axis assuming a linear-elastic stress/strain distribution.
Part 2 of the design report shows load distribution among the anchors. The
load distribution is statically determinate and is determined using the load
values that have been input by the user.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Base Plate
Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations with
respect to base plate and load parameters that have been input.
243
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (c)

Reference
D.3.3.4.3 (c)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (c)
(c) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension that can
be transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment. The anchor design tensile
strength shall be calculated from D.3.3.4.4.
Comments
When D.3.3.4.3 (c) is selected, the attachment is assumed to fail in a
non-ductile manner prior to anchor failure. PROFIS Anchor will not filter
out anchor elements that are by definition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (c) is
selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in
the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3
(c) is selected.
The Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 cites wood sill plates as an example of the
anchorage design being controlled by an attachment that fails in a nonductile manner. The wood is assumed to crush prior to anchor failure. Design
of attachments is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the responsibility
of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c).
PROFIS Anchor uses a rigid base plate assumption when determining the
resultant tension load acting on a connection and the distribution of this load
among the anchors in tension.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (c).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3(c) indicates a brittle failure mode controls
the design.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
The tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor
assume the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent
with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
Per Part D.3.3.4.4, an additional reduction of 0.75 will be applied to all
non-steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor seismic.

244
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d)

Reference
D.3.3.4.3 (d)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d)
(d) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension obtained
from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by 0. The anchor design
tensile strength shall satisfy the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) is utilized when a connection design based
on a ductile failure mode cannot be obtained, or when a non-ductile anchor
failure mode will control the connection design. The design strengths
corresponding to anchor failure modes are checked against a factored
tension load that includes an overstrength factor 0 in the earthquake
component E. PROFIS Anchor will not filter out anchor elements that are by
definition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected. This permits all of the
cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11
seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected.
ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1 contains factored load equations. Equation (9-5)
and Equation (9-7) include the earthquake component E. Chapter 12 in
ASCE 7-10 is utilized for seismic design of building structures. Section
12.4.3 contains provisions for determining factored loads that include an
0 overstrength factor. 0 is used to calculate a design force for structures
and structural systems that are being designed to withstand ground
motion caused by a seismic event. Values for 0 are given in Table 12.2-1
(seismic design of building structures) and Table 15.4-1 (seismic design of
nonbuilding structures) in ASCE 7-10.
ASCE 7-10 is also anticipated to include 0 values in Chapter 13 (seismic
design of nonstructural components).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (d).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3 (d) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design. It also indicates that the factored load assumed to act on
the anchorage includes an 0 overstrength factor.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
The tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor
Part D.3.3.4.4 requires the "anchor design tensile strength for resisting
earthquake forces" to be calculated using a factor of 0.75 applied to
non-steel design strengths. Although D.3.3.4.3 (d) does not reference Part
D.3.3.4.4, PROFIS Anchor applies an additional reduction of 0.75 to all
non-steel design strengths when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected in order to be
consistent with D.3.3.4.4. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor seismic.

245
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) (continued)

When D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if they
would like to re-input factored loads that include 0 in the earthquake factor
(E).
If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to input
new tension loads corresponding to axial tension, bending about the x-axis
and bending about the y-axis. Input the desired load values then click OK,
or click on the Enter key to save the new tension load values.
Shear load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.4.3 (d) is a tension design
to modify tension loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d).
If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.4.3 (d)
will remain.
building code.
Nua = 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S

Nua = (1.2 + 0.2SDS) D + 0 QE +1.0L + 0.2S
ACI 318-11 Equation (9-5)

ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)
Nua = 0.9D + 1.0E

Nua = (0.9D - 0.2SDS) D + 0 QE +1.6H

ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)

The equations to the left are given in ACI 318-11 and ASCE 7-10. They show
how the 0 overstrength factor is used in conjunction with the earthquake
factor (E) to calculate a factored load using the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d).
246
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (NONE)

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.4.3 (NONE)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (NONE)
Per D.3.3.4.2, the seismic tension provisions of ACI 318-11, are contingent
on the earthquake component of the factored tension load being greater than
20% of the total factored tension load. Therefore, per D.3.3.4.1, the tension
design for a given anchorage does not need to be performed using the
seismic provisions of D.3.3.4.3 if the earthquake component of the factored
tension load is less than or equal to 20% of the total factored tension load.
The shear design must still be performed using the seismic provisions of
D.3.3.5.3 if the earthquake component of the factored shear load is greater
than 20% of the total factored shear load. It is the responsibility of the user to
determine the factored load values input in PROFIS Anchor.
D.3.3.4.1 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to a single anchor
or group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile
force associated with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design a single
anchor or group of anchors to satisfy D.5 and the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
When the earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or
equal to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still
be performed for shear load, PROFIS Anchor permits users to select only the
seismic shear provisions of D.3.3.5.3:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for tension and select None
If None is selected as a seismic design option for tension, PROFIS Anchor

will calculate the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode
per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place
anchors, and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for postinstalled anchors.
Part 1 of the design report will indicate the seismic options that have been
selected by the user. When seismic design has been selected for shear only,
the parameter for Tension load in Part 1 will indicate no, as shown in the
the illustration to the left.
Tension calculations in Part 3 of the design report will likewise not include
the 0.75 reduction factor that PROFIS Anchor designates seismic if None has
been selected as a seismic tension option.

247

Reference
D.3.3.4.4
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4
Comments
D.3.3.4.4 The anchor design tensile strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined from
consideration of (a) through (e) for the failure modes given in Table D.4.1.1 assuming the
concrete is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the concrete remains uncracked:
(a) Nsa for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group of
anchors;
(b) 0
.75Ncb or 0.75Ncbg, except that Ncb or Ncbg need not be calculated where anchor
reinforcement satisfying D.5.2.9 is provided;
(c) 0.75Npn for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group
of anchors;
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 requires a reduction of 0.75 to be applied to all

non-steel tension design strengths when anchors are being designed for
seismic conditions.
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as seismic, and
applies this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when seismic
design has been selected.
(d) 0
.75Nsb or 0.75Nsbg; and
(e) 0.75Na or 0.75Nag
where is in accordance with D.4.3 or D.4.4.
PROFIS Anchor users select seismic design provisions by clicking on the

Seismic design icon in the Loads tab.
When cast-in-place anchors have been selected, PROFIS Anchor calculates
the applicable design strengths given in Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors
given in D.4.3. When post-installed anchors have been selected, PROFIS
Anchor calculates the applicable design strengths given in Table D.4.1.1
using the -factors given in the anchor Evaluation Service Report. The
tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume
the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI
318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as seismic, and
applies this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when the Seismic
design option is selected.
-factors are shown in the Results section of the design report.
PROFIS Anchor users can select cracked or uncracked concrete as a design

option by clicking on the dropdown in the Base material box of the Base
material tab.
Calculations will be performed for both seismic and non-seismic conditions
using parameters corresponding to cracked or uncracked concrete.

248

Reference
D.3.3.4.5
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5
D.3.3.4.5 Where anchor reinforcement is provided in accordance with D.5.2.9, no reduction in design
tensile strength beyond that specified in D.5.2.9 shall be required.
Comments
When Part D.5.2.9 is utilized, no calculations for concrete breakout strength
in tension are required, because the use of anchor reinforcement precludes
this failure mode from occurring. D.3.3.4.5 indicates that no additional
reduction factor for seismic conditions needs to be applied to the design
strength of the anchor reinforcement (Asfy) calculated per D.5.2.9.
PROFIS Anchor permits selection of anchor reinforcement as a design option
to preclude calculations for concrete breakout in tension and shear per
D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 respectively. This option is only available for the cast-inplace anchor portfolio.
Anchor reinforcement can be selected by checking the box titled Anchor
reinf. in the Base material tab, then checking the appropriate box for tension
(D.5.2.9) or shear (D.6.2.9).
A message will appear notifying the user that PROFIS Anchor will not
calculate concrete breakout for the load condition selected (tension or shear)
when the anchor reinforcement option is checked.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for anchor reinforcement.
The calculations noted in D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 are beyond the scope of
PROFIS Anchor.

249

Reference
D.3.3.5.1
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1
D.3.3.5.1 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to the anchor or
group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated
with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design the anchor or group of anchors to satisfy
D.6 and the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
Vua = 1
.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
E 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)
Equation (9-5)
If E 0.2Vua, waive provisions of D.3.3.5.
Vua = 0.9D + 1.0E

E 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )
Equation (9-7)
If E 0.2Vua, waive provisions of D.3.3.5.
Vn Vua
Table D.4.1.1
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5 contains provisions for seismic design of anchors
subjected to shear loading.
The provisions of Part D.3.3.5.1 set a limit on the need to perform seismic
shear calculations for anchors. Although the anchors will be installed in a
structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, if the value calculated
for the earthquake component (E) is less than or equal to 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (Vua), seismic shear calculations do
not need to be performed for the anchorage. Nominal shear strengths will be
calculated per Part D.6 without any additional seismic-specific factors.
Per D.3.3.5.1, if E 20% of the value calculated using Equation (9-5) or
Equation (9-7), the seismic shear provisions of D.3.3.5 can be waived.
Nominal shear strengths will be calculated per Part D.6. Design shear
strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of ACI
318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks on
the box titled Seismic design. If the anchorage is subjected to shear load
only, and the provisions of D.3.3.5.1 have been satisfied, the Seismic design
option does not need to be selected, and PROFIS Anchor calculations will be
performed per the provisions of D.6 and Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load.

250

factored loads and service loads. The shear design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads, as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.1 are applicable, and the anchorage is
subjected to shear load only, do not click on the box titled Seismic design.
Enter the appropriate load values via the main screen, or via the Enter loads
option. Nominal shear strengths will be calculated per Part D.6 and design
shear strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load.

251

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.5.2
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2
The provisions of Part D.3.3.5.2 are utilized when anchors will be installed
in a structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, and the value
calculated for the earthquake component (E) is greater than 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (Vua).
D.3.3.5.2 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to anchors
exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated with the same load combination,
anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accordance with D.3.3.5.3. The anchor design shear
strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined in accordance with D.6.
Vua = 1
.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
E > 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)
Equation (9-5)
If E > 0.2Vua, design per D.3.3.5.3 and Table D.4.1.1.
Vua = 0.9D + 1.0E

E > 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )
Equation (9-7)
If E > 0.2Vua, design per D.3.3.5.3 and Table D.4.1.1.
Vn Vua
Vn Vua
Table D.4.1.1
When the provisions of D.3.3.5.2 are utilized, nominal shear strengths are
calculated per Part D.6. PROFIS Anchor calculates design shear strengths
per Table D.4.1.1.
The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)
applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations
and designated this factor as seismic in the design report. It was reasoned that
the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic
provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,
it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when
calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with
PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show seismic = 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D
seismic shear calculations.
PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current
version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for
updates.
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor
1 Input data
Tension load: no
Shear load: yes (D.3.3.5.3 (a))
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of

ACI 318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks
on the box titled Seismic design. The design report will indicate which
seismic provisions have been selected, and the calculation summaries will
include seismic-specific parameters.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section for Part D.3.3.5.3 for
additional information about calculation of seismic design strengths in shear.

252
factored loads and service loads. The shear design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads,as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.2 are applicable, click on the box titled
Seismic design, then enter the appropriate load values via the main screen,
or via the Enter loads option. Nominal shear strengths are calculated per
Part D.6. Design shear strengths are calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
updates.
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume
the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with
ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

253
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a)

Reference
D.3.3.5.3 (a)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a)
D.3.3.5.3 Anchors and their attachments shall be designed using one of options (a) through (c):
(a) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear that can be
transmitted to the anchor or group of anchors based on the development of a ductile
yield mechanism in the attachment in flexure, shear, or bearing, or a combination of those
conditions, and considering both material overstrength and strain hardening effects in the
attachment.
Comments
When D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected, ductile yielding of the attachment is assumed
to control the anchorage design. PROFIS Anchor will not filter out anchor
elements that are by definition non-ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected.
This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the
PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.5.3 (a)
is selected.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a)
as follows:
(2) Click on the icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic
design.
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select D.3.3.5.3 (a).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (a) indicates yielding of the fixture is the
controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the nominal shear strengths per Part D.6. Design shear strengths for each
relevant failure mode will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors
given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in
the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The shear design
strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that
are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix
D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
updates.

254
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) (continued)

When D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if
they would like to re-input factored loads corresponding to yielding of the
attachment.
If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to
input new shear loads corresponding to shear in the x-direction, shear in the
y-direction and a torsion moment about the z-axis. Input the desired load
values then click OK, or click on the Enter key to save the new shear load
values.
Tension load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.5.3 (a) is a shear design
to modify shear loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a).
If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.5.3 (a)
will remain.
in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength calculations performed by
building code.

255
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) (continued)

Shear loads have been input with
respect to the x and y directions.
Design of the fixture is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the

responsibility of the user to design the fixture to satisfy the provisions of
D.3.3.5.3 (a). PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software
program for base plate design!
A torsion moment is also shown

acting about the z-axis.
PROFIS Anchor calculates a resultant shear load based on the loads that
have been input by the user: shear load in the x-direction, shear load in the
y-direction and torsion moment about the z-axis. The shear design strength
calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input
have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7
and the governing building code.
Part 2 of the design report shows load distribution among the anchors. The
load distribution is statically determinate and is based on the load values that
have been input by the user.
Referencing Part 2 of the design

report, it can be seen that the shear
loads are distributed among the
anchors in a manner that provides a
statically determinate solution.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Base Plate
Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations with
respect to base plate and load parameters that have been input.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Factored Load
Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations when a
torsion moment is assumed to act on the anchorage.
The base plate is assumed to be

rigid.

256
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (b)

Reference
D.3.3.5.3 (b)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (b)
(b) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear that can be
transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment.
Comments
When D.3.3.5.3 (b) is selected, the attachment is assumed to fail in a
non-ductile manner prior to anchor failure. PROFIS Anchor will not filter
out anchor elements that are by definition non-ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (b) is
selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in
the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.5.3
(b) is selected.
The Commentary RD.3.3.5 provides information relevant to the design of
anchorages controlled by the strength of a non-yielding attachment, such
as a wood sill plate. Design of attachments is beyond the scope of PROFIS
Anchor. It is the responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy
the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select D.3.3.5.3 (b).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (b) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design.
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the nominal shear strengths per Part D.6. Design shear strengths for each
relevant failure mode will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors
given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in
the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The shear design
updates.

257
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c)

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.5.3 (c)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) is utilized when a connection design based
on a ductile failure mode cannot be obtained, or when a non-ductile anchor
failure mode will control the connection design. The design strengths
corresponding to anchor failure modes are checked against a factored shear
load that includes an overstrength factor 0 in the earthquake component E.
PROFIS Anchor will not filter out anchor elements that are by definition nonductile when D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to
be used when D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected.
(c) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear obtained from
design load combinations that include E, with E increased by 0. The anchor design shear
strength shall satisfy the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1 contains factored load equations. Equation (9-5)
and Equation (9-7) include the earthquake component E. Chapter 12 in
ASCE 7-10 is utilized for seismic design of building structures. Section
12.4.3 contains provisions for determining factored loads that include an
0 overstrength factor. 0 is used to calculate a design force for structures
and structural systems that are being designed to withstand ground
motion caused by a seismic event. Values for 0 are given in Table 12.2-1
(seismic design of building structures) and Table 15.4-1 (seismic design of
nonbuilding structures) in ASCE 7-10.
ASCE 7-10 is also anticipated to include 0 values in Chapter 13 (seismic
design of nonstructural components).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear. and select D.3.3.5.3 (c).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (c) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design. It also indicates that the factored load assumed to act on
the anchorage includes an 0 overstrength factor.
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the shear design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume
updates.

258
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) (continued)

When D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if they
would like to re-input factored loads that include 0 in the earthquake factor
(E).
If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to
input new shear loads corresponding to shear in the x-direction, shear in the
y-direction and a torsion moment about the z-axis. Input the desired load
values then click OK, or click on the Enter key to save the new shear load
values.
Tension load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.5.3 (c) is a shear design
to modify shear loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c).
If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.5.3 (c)
will remain.
in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength calculations performed by
building code.
Vua = 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S

Vua = (1.2 + 0.2SDS) D + 0 QE +1.0L + 0.2S

ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)
Vua = 0.9D + 1.0E

Vua = (0.9D - 0.2SDS) D + 0 QE +1.6H

ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)

The equations to the left are given in ACI 318-11 and ASCE 7-10. They show
how the 0 overstrength factor is used in conjunction with the earthquake
factor (E) to calculate a factored load using the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c).
259
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (NONE)

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.5.3 (NONE)
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (NONE)
Per D.3.3.5.2, the seismic shear provisions of ACI 318-11, are contingent
on the earthquake component of the factored shear load being greater than
20% of the total factored shear load. Per D.3.3.5.1, the shear design for a
given anchorage does not need to be performed using the seismic provisions
of D.3.3.5.3 if the earthquake component of the factored shear load is less
than or equal to 20% of the total factored shear load. The tension design
must still be performed using the seismic provisions of D.3.3.4.3 if the
earthquake component of the factored tension load is greater than 20% of
the total factored tension load. It is the responsibility of the user to determine
the factored load values input in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength
calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input
have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7
and the governing building code.
D.3.3.5.1 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to the anchor or
group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated
with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design the anchor or group of anchors to satisfy
D.6 and the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
When the earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or
equal to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load, PROFIS Anchor permits users to select only the
seismic tension provisions of D.3.3.4.3:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select None.
If None is selected as a seismic design option for shear, PROFIS Anchor will
calculate the shear design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table
D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors,
and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed
anchors.
Part 1 of the design report will indicate the seismic options that have been
selected by the user. When seismic design has been selected for tension
only, the parameter for Shear load in Part 1 will indicate no, as shown in
the illustration to the left.
updates.

260

Reference
Comments
D.3.3.5.4
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4
When Part D.6.2.9 is utilized, no calculations for concrete breakout strength

in shear are required, because the use of anchor reinforcement precludes this
failure mode from occurring. D.3.3.5.4 indicates that no additional reduction
factor for seismic conditions needs to be applied to the design strength of the
anchor reinforcement (Asfy) calculated per D.6.2.9.
D.3.3.5.4 Where anchor reinforcement is provided in accordance with D.6.2.9, no reduction in design
shear strength beyond that specified in D.6.2.9 shall be required.
PROFIS Anchor permits selection of anchor reinforcement as a design option

to preclude calculations for concrete breakout in tension and shear per
D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 respectively. This option is only available for the cast-inplace anchor portfolio.
Anchor reinforcement can be selected by checking the box titled Anchor
reinf. in the Base material tab, then checking the appropriate box for tension
(D.5.2.9) or shear (D.6.2.9).
A message will appear notifying the user that PROFIS Anchor will not
calculate concrete breakout for the load condition selected (tension or shear)
when the anchor reinforcement option is checked.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for anchor reinforcement.
The calculations noted in D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 are beyond the scope of
PROFIS Anchor.

261

Reference
D.3.3.6
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6
D.3.3.6 Single anchors or groups of anchors that are subjected to both tension and shear forces shall
be designed to satisfy the requirements of D.7, with the anchor design tensile strength calculated from
D.3.3.4.4.
Comments
ACI 318-11 Part D.7 contains provisions for checking the capacity of an
anchorage when it is subjected to both tension and shear forces. PROFIS
Anchor checks the combined tension and shear capacity of an anchorage
using the tri-linear equation given by Equation (D-42) and the parabolic
equation given in Fig. RD.7 of the Commentary RD.7.
Refer to the Design Guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more
information about PROFIS Anchor calculations for combined tension and
shear.
PROFIS Anchor calculates tension and shear design strengths for each
relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3
for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service
Report for post-installed anchors.
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 requires a reduction of 0.75 to be applied to all
non-steel tension design strengths when anchors are being designed for
seismic tension conditions. The PROFIS Anchor design report designates
the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as seismic, and PROFIS Anchor calculations
apply this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when seismic
design has been selected.
updates.

262

Reference
D.3.3.7
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7
D.3.3.7 Anchor reinforcement used in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F

shall be deformed reinforcement and shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and 60 satisfying the
requirements of 21.1.5.2 (a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.
Comments
reinforcing bars are considered ductile steel elements in the ACI 318 Building
Code. PROFIS Anchor performs ACI 318-11 Appendix D calculations with
these reinforcing bar types used in conjunction with a qualified Hilti adhesive
anchor system. These calculations treat the reinforcing bar as an anchor
element, per Appendix D, rather than reinforcement designed per ACI 318-11
Chapter 12.
Engineering practice has traditionally assumed that reinforcing bars are
ductile steel elements. The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for Hilti
adhesive anchor systems have been modified such that the -factors for the
steel strength of ASTM A615, Gr. 40 and ASTM A615, Gr. 60 reinforcing bars
correspond to the brittle -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (b). Reference
ESR-2322 and ESR-3013.
The reason given for this modification, which differs from the assumptions
used in the ACI 318 Building Code, is that the ASTM standards for reinforcing
bars do not provide the parameters commonly used to define a ductile steel
element:
14% tensile test elongation
and
30% reduction in cross-sectional area.
The steel design tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for ASTM A706,
Grade 60 reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive anchor systems utilize the
ductile -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (a). Reference ESR-3187.
PROFIS Anchor uses the design data given in the Evaluation Service Reports
for post-installed anchors. When reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive
anchor systems are selected in PROFIS Anchor, the -factors given in the
steel design tables of the Evaluation Service Report will be used to calculate
the design steel strength. However, pursuant with D.3.3.7 and Part 21.1.5.2
in ACI 318-11, PROFIS Anchor performs seismic calculations for ASTM A615
Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60 reinforcing bars
based on the assumption that they are all ductile steel elements. Therefore,
the -factors used in PROFIS Anchor are in compliance with the Evaluation
Service Reports, but the design calculations assume ductility per the ACI 318
Building Code.

263
Equations ANa
Equations
Reference
ANa
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1, Fig. RD.5.5.1(b)
Assume:
ca1 and ca2 < cNa
s1 and s2 < 2cNa
cNa = 10d
a
uncr
1100
Comments
ANa is defined in ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 as the projected influence area
of a single adhesive anchor or group of adhesive anchors that shall be
approximated as a rectilinear area that projects outward a distance cNa
from the centerline of the adhesive anchor, or in the case of a group of
adhesive anchors, from a line through a row of adjacent adhesive anchors.
from the bonding of adhesive anchors.
cNa is defined in ACI 318-11 by Equation (D-21), which is also given in Part
D.5.5.1. ANa is determined in a similar manner to ANc, the area of influence
assumed to develop for concrete breakout in tension, per Part D.5.2.1. The
difference being that when calculating ANa, cNa is substituted for 1.5 hef and
2cNa is substituted for 3hef .
(D-21)
ANa = (cNa + s1 + ca1) (cNa + s2 + ca2)
Prior to 2012, ANa was calculated using the provisions of ICC-ES AC308
Section D.5.3.7, which utilized the parameter scr,Na that was defined by
Equation (D-16d). scr,Na denoted the critical spacing between anchors
and projected distances used to calculate ANa were calculated with this
parameter. The ACI 318-11 parameter cNa is not the same as the ICC-ES
AC308 parameter scr,Na/2. Refer to the ACI 318-08 Bond Strength section
of the Design Guide for more information about calculations using ICC-ES
AC308 provisions.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa. It
corresponds to Figure RD.5.5.1(b) in ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows ANa in the Equations
section and the calculated value for ANa in the Calculations section.
or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and input the desired value.

264
Equations ANa (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments

265
Equations ANa0
Equations
Reference
Comments
ANa0
ANa0 is defined in Part D.5.5.1 as the projected influence area of a single

adhesive anchor with an edge distance equal to or greater than cNa. It
corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete
edges or proximate anchors. cNa is defined in ACI 318-11 by Equation (D-21),
which is also given in Part D.5.5.1.
ANa0 is determined in a similar manner to ANc0, the area of influence for
concrete breakout in tension that is assumed to develop for a single anchor,
per Part D.5.2.1. The difference being that when calculating ANa0, cNa is
substituted for 1.5 hef.
Prior to 2012, ANa0 was calculated using the provisions of ICC-ES AC308
Equation (D-16c), which utilized the parameter scr,Na that was defined by
and projected distances used to calculate ANa0 were calculated with this
AC308 provisions.
ANa0 = (2cNa)2
cNa = 10d
a
(D-20)
uncr
1100
(D-21)
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa0. It

corresponds to Figure RD.5.5.1(a) in ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-20) for
ANa0 in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ANa0 in the
Calculations section.
Equations cNa
Equations
cNa = 10d
a
uncr
1100
Reference
Comments
cNa is defined in as the projected distance from the center of an anchor shaft
on one side of the anchor required to develop full bond strength of a single
adhesive anchor. Wheras nominal concrete breakout strength calculations
for area parameters such as ANc and ANc0 assume a maximum projected
distance from an anchor of 1.5 hef, bond strength calculations for the area
parameters ANa and ANa0 assume a maximum projected distance from an
anchor of cNa.
The illustrations to the left show how cNa is assumed to define the maximum
projected distance from an anchor when an edge distance is infinite. The
maximum spacing assumed for bond strength calculations equals 2cNa.
cNa is also used to calculate the -modification factors for bond strength.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-21) for cNa in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for cNa in the Calculations
section.

266
Equations cNa (continued)

Equations
cNa = 10d
a
uncr
1100
Reference
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculates cNa per Equation (D-21). using the nominal thread
diameter of the anchor element and the characteristic bond stress of an
adhesive anchor in uncracked concrete (tuncr). Select an anchor diameter by
using the drop down in the Filter pane located on the left side of the main
screen. Values for tuncr are derived from testing and given in the Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. The figures to the left illustrate how to select
an anchor diameter in PROFIS Anchor, and how the characteristic bond
strength values are given in an Evaluation Service Report.
To view the anchor portfolios in PROFIS Anchor, click on the View tab, then
check the box for Filter pane.
The Filter pane will be shown on the left side of the main screen.
For more information about the features of the Filter pane, go to the PROFIS
Anchor video tutorials and open the tutorial for Set-Up.

267
Equations cNa (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
The following assumptions are relevant for anchor design using PROFIS
Anchor. Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by
loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically
assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and
distribution are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With
consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic
loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield
are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02 in
(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked
concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity
can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement
at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for
uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be
shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, postinstalled anchors must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as
for seismic loading.
The tool tip for the cracked/uncracked option summarizes the above
assumptions.
Equations Na
Equations
Na =
( )
ANa
ANa 0
ed,Na cp,Na Nba
Reference
Comments
Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength for a single adhesive

anchor (Na). Information specific to the parameters in Equation (D-18) is given
in the Design Guide section for each parameter.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-18) for Na in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Na in the Results section.
Equations Nag
Nag =
Equations
ANa
ANa 0
ec,Na ed,Na cp,Na Nba
Reference
Comments
Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors (Nag). Information specific to the parameters in Equation (D-19) is
given in the Design Guide section for each parameter.
The nominal bond strength equation for anchor groups that was given in
ICC-ES AC308 as Equation (D-16b), and was used with ACI 318-08 Appendix
D provisions, included a modification factor for group action that was
designated g,Na. This factor is not included in the adhesive anchor provisions
of ACI 318-11 Part D.5.5. Refer to the Design Guide section on ACI 318-08
bond strength calculations for more information about g,Na.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-19) for Nag in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Nag in the Results section.

268
Equations Nba
Equations
Reference
Comments
Cracked Concrete
Nba = a tcr N,seis bond da hef
D.5.5.2 The basic bond strength of a single

adhesive anchor in tension in cracked concrete, Nba,
shall not exceed
Nba is defined as the basic bond strength of a single adhesive anchor in

tension. It corresponds to the bond strength in tension of a single adhesive
anchor without any influences due to base material geometry. Basic bond
strength was previously designated Na0 in ICC-ES AC308, and it was
calculated using Equation (D-16f). This parameter was used with ACI 318-08
Appendix D provisions.
Uncracked Concrete
Nba = a tuncr N,seis bond da hef
Nba = a tcr da hef
(D-22)
The characteristic bond stress, tcr, shall be taken as

the 5 percent fractile of results of tests performed and
evaluated according to ACI 355.4.
Where analysis indicates cracking at service load
levels, adhesive anchors shalll be qualified for use in
cracked concrete in accordance with ACI 355.4
For adhesive anchors located in a region of a concrete
member where analysis indicates no cracking at
service load levels, tuncr shall be permitted to be used
in place of tcr in Eq. (D-22) and shall be taken as the
5 percent fractile of results of tests performed and
evaluated according to ACI 355.4
Per Part D.5.5.2, Nba can be calculated for cracked concrete or uncracked
concrete conditions by using a characteristic bond stress value (t)
corresponding to the relevant condition. Characteristic bond stress values are
derived from testing, and will be published in the Evaluation Service Report
for the anchor. t values are also dependent on the type of anchor element,
e.g. threaded rod, rebar, etc.
N,seis is a parameter derived from testing that is used in the Nba calculations
when seismic conditions are assumed.
bond is a parameter corresponding to the condition of the drilled hole. This
parameter is only used to calculate Nba for the HIT RE 500-SD Adhesive
Anchor System.
More detailed information about the parameters a, t, N,seis, bond, da and hef is
given in the section of this Design Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength
variables.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-22) for Nba in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Nba in the Calculations
section.
are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02 in (0.5
mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked
assumptions.

269
Equations Na or Nag versus Nua

Equations
Reference
Na or Nag Nua
ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1
Table D.4.1.1 Required strength of anchors, except as

noted in D.3.3
Anchor group*
Failure mode
Single anchor Individual anchor

in a group
Anchors as a
group
Steel strangth in
tension (D.5.1)
Nsa Nua
Concrete breakout
strength in tension
(D.5.2)
Ncb Nua
Pullout strength in
tension (D.5.3)
Npn Nua
Concrete side-face
blowout strength in
tension (D.5.4)
Nsb Nua
Nsbg Nua,g
Bond strength of
adhesive anchor in
tension (D.5.5)
Na Nua
Nag Nua,g
Steel strength in
shear (D.6.1)
Vsa Vua
Concrete breakout
strength in shear
(D.6.2)
Vcb Vua
Vcbg Vua,g
Concrete pryout
strength in shear
(D.6.3)
Vcp Vua
Vcpg Vua,g
Comments
Service Load (Nua).
ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 illustrates how this concept is utilized when
calculating the various failure modes associated with anchor design.
The design bond strength for a single anchor (Na) is checked against the
factored load acting on a single anchor.
The design bond strength for an anchor group (Nag) is compared to the
factored load acting on the anchor group.
Nsa Nua,l
Ncbg Nua,g
Npn Nua,l
PROFIS Anchor users can input loads for ACI 318-11 design by clicking on
the desired parameter in the graphic on the main screen, or by inputting a
value in the table below the graphic.
building code.
Vsa Vua,l
*Required strengths for steel and pullout failure modes shall be calculated
for the most highly stressed anchor in the group.
PROFIS Anchor users select ACI 318-11 Strength Design provisions by
clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design
according to ACI 318-11.

270
Equations Na or Nag versus Nua (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
3. Tension load
Load Nua (lb)
Capacity Nn (lb)
Utilization N = Nua / Nn
Status
Steel Strength*
1250
3653
35
OK
Bond Strength**
5000
6165
82
OK
Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength*
750
2553
30
OK
Concrete Breakout Strength**
5000
8803
57
OK
* anchor having the highest loading

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the PROFIS Anchor design report.
** anchor group (anchors in tension)

The design bond strength and factored load for the application are shown in
Part 3.2 of the design report.
Results
Nag (lb)
bond
seismic
nonductile
Nag [lb]
Nua [lb]
12645
0.650
0.750
1.000
6165
5000

271
Equations cp,Na
Equations
cp,Na = MAXIMUM
ca,min
cac
cNa
cac
Reference
Comments
cp,Na is the adhesive anchor modification factor for splitting. It is only

calculated for post-installed anchors when uncracked concrete conditions
are assumed.
The critical edge distance for splitting, cac, corresponds to the edge distance
needed to preclude splitting in uncracked concrete. When the minimum fixed
edge distance ca,min is less than cac, and uncracked concrete conditions have
been assumed for post-installed anchor installation, cp,Na is calculated per
Equation (D-27).
cp,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for cp,Na in the
assumptions.
4.1.10 Critical Edge Distance cac:

4.1.10.1 Hilti HIT-Z and HIT-Z-R Anchor Rods: In lieu of ACI 318 D.8.6, for
the calculation of Ncb and Ncbg in accordance with D.5.2.7 and Section 4.1.3
of this report, the critical edge distance, cac must be determined as follows:
i. cac = 1.5 hef for h/hef 2.35
ii. cac = 3.5 hef for h/hef 1.35
4.1.10.2 Threaded Rod, Steel Reinforcing Bars and Hilti HIS-N and
HIS-RN Inserts: In lieu of ACI 318 D.8.6, cac must be determined as follows:
tk,uncr 0.4
h
max 3.1-0.7
; 1.4
Eq. (4-1)
cac = hef
1160
hef

basic strength as controlled by concrete breakout or bond of a postinstalled anchor in tension in uncracked concrete without supplementary
reinforcement to control splitting. cac is determined using provisions given in
the Evaluation Service Report for an anchor system.
where tk,uncr is the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, h is the

member thickness, and hef is the embedment depth.
Refer to the Evaluation Service Report for provisions specific to a particular

anchor element when determining cac. The illustrations to the left show the
provisions in ESR-3187 for determining cac for the HIT-Z anchor element and
other anchor elements that can be used with HIT-HY 200.
( )
For definitions of h and hef see Figure 1.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows cac for bond strength
calculations in the Variables section.

272
Equations cp,Na (continued)

Equations
Reference
Comments
PROFIS Anchor users can input edge distance parameters directly on the
main screen. Place the cursor over the desired edge, highlight it, and input
the desired value.
Edge distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base material tab,

273
Equations ec,Na
Equations
ec,Na =
1
1 + eN
cNa
Reference
Comments
eccentrically in tension. This factor is only utilized for anchor groups.
Per D.5.5.3, the distance of the resultant tension force from the centroid
of the anchors that are in tension (eN) can be defined by a distance in the
x direction from the centroid, and a distance in the y direction from the
centroid. ec,Na is therefore calculated with respect to the eccentricity in each
direction. PROFIS Anchor designates the modification factor for eccentricity
in the x direction as ec1,Na, and the modification factor for eccentricity in the y
direction as ec2,Na.
More detailed information about ec1,Na and ec2,Na is given in the Calculations
section for ACI 318-11 Bond Strength.
Reference the Variables section for ACI 318-11 Bond Strength and the
Design Guide section on Base Plate Calculations for information on how
PROFIS Anchor calculates the eccentricity parameters ec1,N and ec2,N.
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Equations section for ACI
318-11 Bond Strength.
ec,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ec,Na in the
anchorage. It uses a finite element program and rigid base plate assumption
to determine the resultant axial loads.
2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces

Load case: Design loads
Anchor reactions [lb]
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression)
Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
4529
1667
1667
Shear force y
0
1796
1667
1667
1667
1667
4529
1667
1667
1796
1667
1667
6
0
1667
1667
0
max. concrete compressive strain:
0.08 [%]
max. concrete compressive stress:
345 [psi]
resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/8.592)
12649 [lb]
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/-11.962): 12649 [lb]

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in

tension and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location
and magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the
anchors. The x/y-coordinates and the magnitude of the resultant tension
and compression forces are given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor
forces of the design report. The value for eN used in the calculation of ec,Na
corresponds to the distance of the resultant tension force from the centroid of
the anchors that are in tension.
For the application illustrated to the left, the resultant tension force is located
8.592" in the y+ direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
#4 and #5 are in tension, and their centroid is located 6" from the center
of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity e'N for this application
equals 8.592" - 6.00" = 2.592".
274

Equations
Reference
Comments
building code.
Users can input the spacing parameters directly on the main screen. Place
the cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the
desired value.

275

Equations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P

276

Equations
Reference
Comments
Base plate length and width can also be input by clicking on the Anchor
plate tab, then clicking on the icon titled Customize geometry.
NOTE: P

277
Equations ed,Na
Equations
ed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3
( )
ca,min
Reference
Comments
ed,Na is the adhesive anchor modification factor for edge effects. This factor
is calculated for a single anchor, or for an anchor group when any fixed edge
distance is less than the value for cNa. The smallest fixed edge distance less
than cNa is used in Equation (D-25).
cNa
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Equations section for ACI
More detailed information about ca,min is given in the Variables section for ACI
ed,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ed,Na in the
the desired value.

278
Variables N,seis
Variables
Reference
Comments
N,seis
Reference ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
N,seis is a reduction factor for seismic tension loading that is used in Equation
(D-22) to calculate the basic bond strength Nba of an adhesive anchor.
3.2 Bond Strength

Nag =
ANa
ANa 0
ec1,Na ec2,Na ed,Na cp,Na Nba
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-19)
ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1
Nag Nua
ANa = see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1, Fig. RD.5.5.1 (b)
ANa0 = (2 cNa)2
cNa = 10d
ec,Na =
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-20)
uncr
1100
1
1 + eN
cNa
ed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3
cp,Na = MAX
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-21)
ca,min
ca,min
cac
cNa
:
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-23)
1.0
( )
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-25)
1.0
cNa
cac
Although N,seis is not shown in Equation (D-22) it is a required parameter that

must be used to calculate the nominal bond strength of an adhesive anchor
when seismic conditions have been selected as a design option. N,seis is only
utilized when seismic conditions have been selected, and it is only utilized for
adhesive anchor systems.
The illustration shows how PROFIS Anchor applies N,seis to bond strength
calculations. PROFIS Anchor does not apply N,seis when performing
the sustained load check defined in ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2. For more
information about PROFIS Anchor sustained load calculations for
adhesive anchors, refer to the Design Guide section titled Sustained Load
Calculations.
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-27)
1.0
Nba = a tk,c N,seis bond da hef
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-22)
Variables
tk,c,uncr [psi]
da [in.]
hef [in.]
ca,min [in.]
tk,c [psi]
1515
0.625
4.000
2.000
1515
ec1,N [in.]
ec2,N [in.]
cac [in.]
kbond
N,seis
0.000
0.000
8.314
1.00
1.000
0.800

The PROFIS Anchor design report shows the value for N,seis in the Variables
section of Part 3.2.
279
Variables N,seis (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
Values for N,seis are derived from testing and will be given in the Evaluation
Service Report for an adhesive anchor system.
The illustration shows the N,seis values for threaded rods used with
HIT-HY 200. Note that these values are specific to the element diameter.
Seismic conditions can be selected as a PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 design

option by clicking on the Loads tab and then clicking on the icon titled
Seismic design.
Select the desired ACI 318-11 seismic provision via the drop downs for
tension and shear.
N,seis is a tension design parameter and PROFIS Anchor will apply N,seis when
calculating Nba. However, If bond strength controls for concrete pryout in
shear, PROFIS Anchor will also include N,seis in the pryout calculations.
For more information about PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic calculations,
refer to the Design Guide section titled ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions.

280
Variables ca,min
Variables
Reference
ca,min
ACI 318-11: Part D.5.5.1, Part D.5.5.4, Part D.5.5.5
Comments
ca,min corresponds to the lessor of (a) the minimum distance of an anchor
element to a fixed concrete edge, and (b) the minimum permissible fixed
edge distance distance derived from testing that can be used for a given
anchor element.
ca,min values for the minimum permissible fixed edge distance of adhesive
anchor elements are determined via testing and published in the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Report for the adhesive anchor system.
Table 12 in ESR-3187 is illustrated to the left. It defines the criteria for
determining the minimum permissible fixed edge distance distance (ca,min) for
threaded rods and rebar used with HIT-HY 200.
For edge distance cai and anchor spacing sai, the maximum torque Tmax shall
comply with the following requirements:
Reduced Maximum Installation Torque Tmax,red
for Edge DISTANCES cai < (5 x da)
Edge Distance,
cai
1.75 in. (45 mm) cai < 5 x da
Minimum
Anchor
Spacing, sai
Maximum
Torque, Tmax,red
5 x da sai < 16 in.
0.3 x Tmax
sai 16 in. (406 mm)
0.5 x Tmax
When using adhesive anchors, edge distance values for anchor elements can
be input such that:
1.75 in edge distance < ca,min given in the Evaluation Service Report
where ca,min corresponds to the minimum permissible fixed edge distance
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report.
When adhesive anchor elements are intended to be installed at edge
distances such that 1.75 in edge distance < ca,min given in the Evaluation
Service Report, a reduced installation torque is required in order to preclude
concrete edge failure.
Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service Report
for installation torque values.
The illustrations show the installation torque for threaded rods used with
HIT-HY 200, and the reduced torque requirements given in Section 4.1.9.2 of
ESR-3187.

281

Variables
Reference
Comments
When an edge distance less than ca,min given in the Evaluation Service Report
for an adhesive anchor element is input, the value will be highlighted in red
on the main screen as illustrated to the left. PROFIS Anchor will not permit
calculations to be made until the value is changed so that:
(a) it is greater than or equal to ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report for the anchor element
or
(b) t he user signifies their understanding that the edge distance
being input requires a reduced installation torque.
Any time an edge distance value < ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report is input for a post-installed anchor (adhesive or mechanical) it will be
highlighted in red on the main screen. If an adhesive anchor system is being
used, a message willl appear in the Messages pane prompting the user to
click on the Anchor layout tab and select the reduced installation torque
option. If an edge distance less than ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report is not desired, input an edge distance value ca,min given in the
When an adhesive anchor system is being used and an edge distance value
less than 1.75 in is input, the value will be highlighted in red on the main
screen. A message will appear in the Messages pane stating that the edge
distance is less than ca,min, and the ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report for the anchor element will be noted. The user can either input an
edge distance greater than or equal to ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report, or they can select the reduced installation torque option and input an
edge distance greater than or equal to 1.75 in.
When an edge distance defined as 1.75 in edge distance < ca,min given in
the Evaluation Service Report is desired, click on the Anchor layout tab and
select the reduced installation torque option. Checking the box for this option
permits calculations to be made using an edge distance less than the value
for ca,min given in the Evaluation Service Report, down to a minimum edge
distance of 1.75 in. A key point users should keep in mind is that Design
Strengths calculated using edge distances < ca,min given in the Evaluation
Service Report are premised on the requirement that the anchors will be
installed with a reduced installation torque. The installation torque values
are given in the Evaluation Service Report for the selected anchor. Checking
the box Red. Install Torque signifies the users understanding that the edge
distance being input requires a reduced installation torque. This information
should also be communicated to the anchor installer.
to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distances to calculate
design strengths.

282

Variables
Reference
Comments
Edge distance values are input by the user. PROFIS Anchor determines
the minimum edge distance input, and uses this value to calculate the
parameters ANa, ed,Na and cp,Na. The minimum edge distance input will also
be checked against the minimum permissable fixed edge distance distance
that is given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor element.
Edge distance parameters can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate edge distance parameter, highlight it, and input
the desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ca,min in the Variables
section. When designing with an adhesive anchor element, this value
corresponds to either
(a) t he minimum edge distance such that:
1.75 in minimum edge distance < ca,min given in the Evaluation
Service Report
or
(b) t he minimum edge distance such that:
ca,min = minimum edge distance that has been input.

283
Variables cac
Variables
Reference
Comments
cac
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.5

tk,uncr 0.4
h
max 3.1-0.7
; 1.4
Eq. (4-1)
cac = hef
1160
hef


( )

For definitions of h and hef see Figure 1.

anchor element when determining cac. The illustration to the left shows the

assumptions.

284
Variables da
Variables
Reference
da
ACI 318-11: Part D.5.5.1, Part D.5.5.2.
Comments
da corresponds to the diameter of an anchor element. Hilti adhesive anchor
systems include various anchor elements, for which da is defined as follows:
threaded rod - da = the nominal rod diameter.
reinforcing bar - da = the nominal bar diameter.
internally threaded insert (HIS-N insert) - da = the outside diameter
of the insert.
special elements (HIT-Z threaded rod) - da = the nominal diameter
of the threaded portion.
A 1 in diameter ASTM A 193 Grade B7 carbon

steel threaded rod has been selected for use
with HIT-HY 200 Adhesive.
Data for anchor elements used with adhesive anchor systems will be given
in the Evaluation Service Report for the adhesive anchor system. PROFIS
Anchor users can select a diameter for an adhesive anchor element via the
anchor portfolios that appear in the Filter Pane.
Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the dropdown located above
the anchor portfolios, then select an anchor portfolio. The anchor diameter
can be selected via the dropdown at the bottom of the portfolio images.
Highlight and click on the desired diameter and steel type for the element that
has been selected.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows da in the Variables
The Filter Pane will be shown on the left side of the main screen.

285
Variables ec1,N
Variables
ec1,N
Reference
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.3 Equation (D-23).
ACI 318-11 Commentary RD.5.2.4 and Fig. RD.5.2.4.
Comments
Tension eccentricity (eN) is defined in Appendix D as the distance of the
resultant tension force acting on an anchor group, from the centroid of the
anchors that are in tension. The illustration to the left is Fig. RD.5.2.4 in ACI
318-11. This figure shows how eN is defined for a given number of anchors
in tension.
Equation (D-23) is used to calculate ec,Na, the modification factor for adhesive
anchor groups loaded ecccentrically in tension. Reference the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters for more information on
ec,Na.
The distance of the resultant tension force from the centroid of the anchors
that are in tension can be defined by a distance in the x direction from
the centroid, and a distance in the y direction from the centroid. ec,Na can
therefore be calculated with respect to the eccentricity in each direction.
PROFIS Anchor designates the distance in the x direction of the resultant
tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension as ec1,N,
and the corresponding modification factor calculated per Equation (D-23) as
ec1,Na.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows ec1,N in the Variables
section.
Reference the Design Guide section on Base Plate Calculations for
information on how eN is calculated in PROFIS Anchor.

286

Variables
Reference
Comments
For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions input
by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant axial forces acting on the
to calculate the resultant axial forces, and to calculate any eccentricity that
may exist with respect to the location of the resultant tension force from the

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
11996
5439
The x/y-coordinates and the magnitude of the resultant tension and

compression forces are given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor
forces of the PROFIS Anchor design report. The value for ec1,N used in the
calculation of ec1,Na corresponds to the distance in the x direction of the
resultant tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
Shear force y
11996
5439
11996
5439
9
0
0
0
resulting tension force in (x/y)=(-6.881/0.000)
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(10.765/0.000):
6.881" in the -x direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
#4, #5, #7 and #8 are in tension, and their centroid is located 5" from the
center of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity in the x direction
(ec1,N) for this application equals 6.881" - 5.00" = 1.881". Part 2 of the PROFIS
Anchor design report will summarize the resultant axial forces acting on
the anchorage, as well as the axial tension forces acting on each anchor.
An illustration of the anchor layout will also be shown indicating which
anchors are in tension and which anchors are in compression. The graphical
representation for ec1,N shown in red to the left is intended to illustrate how
this parameter is defined.
0.14 [%]
602 [psi]
52306 [lb]
22306 [lb]
The modification factor for eccentricity in the x direction (ec1,Na) has been
calculated per Equation (D-23) using the value for ec1,N. These values are
outlined in red as they appear in Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design
report.
Variables
tk,c,uncr [psi]
da [in.]
hef [in.]
ca,min [in.]
tk,c [psi]
1880
1.000
15.000
904
ec1,N [in.]
ec2,N [in.]
cac [in.]
kbond
1.881
0.000
25.427
1.00
1.000
cNa [in.]
ANa [in.2]
ANa0 [in.2]
ed,Na
13.013
1477.98
677.34
1.000
ec1,Na
ec2,Na
cp,Na
Nba
0.874
1.000
1.000
42614
Calculations

287
Variables ec2,N
Variables
ec2,N
Reference
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.3 Equation (D-23).
ACI 318-11 Commentary RD.5.2.4 and Fig. RD.5.2.4.
Comments
Tension eccentricity (eN) is defined in Appendix D as the distance of the
resultant tension force acting on an anchor group, from the centroid of the
anchors that are in tension. The illustration to the left is Fig. RD.5.2.4 in ACI
318-11. This figure shows how eN is defined for a given number of anchors
in tension.
Equation (D-23) is used to calculate ec,Na, the modification factor for adhesive
anchor groups loaded eccentrically in tension. Reference the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters for more information on
ec,Na.
The distance of the resultant tension force from the centroid of the anchors
that are in tension can be defined by a distance in the x direction from
the centroid, and a distance in the y direction from the centroid. ec,Na can
therefore be calculated with respect to the eccentricity in each direction.
PROFIS Anchor designates the distance in the y direction of the resultant
tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension as ec2,N,
and the corresponding modification factor calculated per Equation (D-23) as
ec2,Na.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows ec2,N in the Variables
section.
Reference the Design Guide section on Base Plate Calculations for
information on how eN is calculated in PROFIS Anchor.

288

Variables
Reference
Comments

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
15027
5505
15027
5505
6
0
0
0

calculation of ec2,Na corresponds to the distance in the y direction of the
Shear force y
6.783" in the +y direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity in the y direction (ec2,N)
for this application equals 6.783" - 4.00" = 2.783". Part 2 of the PROFIS
0
0.14 [%]
602 [psi]
41064 [lb]
11064 [lb]
Variables
tk,c,uncr [psi]
da [in.]
hef [in.]
ca,min [in.]
tk,c [psi]
1880
1.000
15.000
904
ec1,N [in.]
ec2,N [in.]
cac [in.]
kbond
0.000
2.783
25.427
1.00
1.000
cNa [in.]
ANa [in.2]
ANa0 [in.2]
ed,Na
13.013
1293.85
677.34
1.000
ec1,Na
ec2,Na
cp,Na
Nba
1.000
0.824
1.000
42614
The modification factor for eccentricity in the y direction (ec2,Na) has been
report.
Calculations

289
Variables hef
Variables
Reference
Comments
hef
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2, Equation (D-22)
hef is defined as the effective embedment depth of an anchor element.

When calculating nominal bond strength, hef is used in Equation (D-22)
to define the area of the drilled hole (dahef). This area is multiplied by the
characteristic bond stress (tc), as well as some additional factors, to calculate
the basic bond strength of a single adhesive anchor (Nba).
Cracked Concrete
Uncracked Concrete
AC308 Acceptance Criteria for Post-installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete

1.2.1 This standard applies to anchors with a diameter da of 1/4 in. or larger and to reinforcing bar #3 and larger. The drilled hole shall be aproximately
cylindrical with a diameter do 1.5 da. This standard also applies to anchors with an anchor embedment depth hef not less than four diameters
(4 da), or 1-5/8 in., and an embedment depth not exceeding 20 da.
ACI 355.4-11 Qualification of Post-installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete
1.2.1 This standard applies to anchors with a diameter da of 1/4 in. or larger. The drilled hole shall be aproximately cylindrical with a diameter do 1.5 da.
This standard also applies to anchors with an anchor embedment depth hef not less than four diameters (4 da), or 1-5/8 in., and an embedment
depth not exceeding 20 da.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows hef in the Variables
section.
Reference the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters for
more information on Nba.
Reference the Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters for
more information on N.seis, kbond , a, da and tc.
The effective embedment depth that can be used for strength design of
adhesive anchors ranges from a minimum value of approximately
(4)(anchor diameter) to a maximum value of (20)(anchor diameter).
The embedment depth criteria for adhesive anchors is established by testing
per the ACI test standard ACI 355.4, and the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria
AC308. Excerpts from ACI 355.4 and AC308 are shown to the left. These
excerpts contain text referencing the effective embedment depth range for
adhesive anchors.
The Evaluation Service Report for an adhesive anchor system will list the
effective embedment depth range for a given anchor element and element
diameter. These embedment depths are determined by testing in accordance
with ACI 355.4 and AC308. If hef,max is not shown in the report, it will
correspond to 20da per ACI 355.4 and AC308.
The tables to the left are taken from ESR-3187 for the HIT-HY 200 Adhesive
Anchor System. They show the effective embedment depth range for the
threaded rod and reinforcing bar diameters in the system portfolio.

290

Variables
Reference
Comments
When an adhesive anchor system has been selected for design in PROFIS
Anchor, users can input variable embedment depths for threaded rods,
reinforcing bars and the HIT-Z threaded rod. HIS-N inserts have a fixed
embedment depth for each diameter. The embedment depth parameters for
each anchor element will be given in the Evaluation Service Report for the
adhesive anchor system.
Variable embedment depths can be input via the Results pane in PROFIS
Anchor. To view the Results pane, click on the View tab, then check the box
for Results pane. It will appear on the right side of the main screen.
To input an embedment depth, go to the Results pane and select the
option User selected embedment depth. Type the value in the box titled
Embedment depth.
PROFIS Anchor can also determine an optimized embedment depth,
which is the embedment depth that results in the highest utilization for
the parameters that have been input. Utilization corresponds to the ratio
of factored load divided by design strength (Nua/Nn and Vua/Vn), and to
the sum of the ratios calculated using an interaction equation. Refer to the
design guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more information on
utilization.
To optimize the embedment to achieve the highest utilization for the
application, go to the Results pane and select the option Optimized
embedment depth. Design strengths relevant to the application and
anchor system will be calculated using the embedment that appears in the
Embedment depth box, and compared to the factored loads that have been
input. The value shown in the Embedment depth box corresponds to the
optimized embedment. This value will be grayed out to indicate that it has
been pre-determined by PROFIS Anchor.
The Messages pane will alert users when an embedment depth has been
input that is outside the range given in the Evaluation Service Report
for the element and diameter that have been selected. It will also note
the embedment depth range that can be used. PROFIS Anchor will not
perform calculations with embedment depths outside the ranges given in
the Evaluation Service Report for the element and diameter that have been
selected.
The illustrations to the left show the message that appears when an
embedment depth input for the element and diameter that have been
selected is outside the range given in the Evaluation Service Report.
The Messages pane appears as part of the Results pane. For more
information about the features of the Results pane, go to the PROFIS Anchor
video tutorials and open the tutorial for Set-Up.

291
Variables kbond
Variables
Reference
Comments
kbond
Reference ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
kbond is a reduction factor for nominal bond strength that is used in Equation
(D-22) to calculate the basic bond strength Nba of an adhesive anchor. Values
for kbond will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report ESR-2322 for
the HIT RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system. These values correspond to the
concrete condition for the drilled hole into which an anchor element is being
installed with HIT RE 500-SD.
3.2 Bond Strength

Nag =
ANa
ANa0
ec1,N ec2,Na ed,Na cp,Na Nba
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-19)
ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1
Nag Nua
ANa = see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1, Fig. RD.5.5.1 (b)
ANa0 = (2 cNa)2
cNa = 10d
ec,Na =
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-20)
uncr
1100
1
1 + eN
cNa
ed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3
cp,Na = MAX
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-21)
( )
ca,min
ca,min
cac
cNa
:
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-23)
1.0
cac
The illustration shows how PROFIS Anchor applies kbond to bond strength
calculations for HIT-RE 500-SD. PROFIS Anchor also applies kbond to
sustained load calculations for HIT-RE 500-SD. Reference ACI 318-11 Part
D.4.1.2.
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-25)
1.0
cNa
Although kbond is not shown in Equation (D-22) it is a required parameter that

must be used to calculate the nominal bond strength using HIT-RE 500-SD.
kbond is only utilized with the HIT RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system.
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-27)
1.0
Nba = a tk,c N,seis bond da hef
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-22)
Variables
tk,c,uncr [psi]
da [in.]
hef [in.]
ca,min [in.]
tk,c [psi]
1926
1.000
20.000
841
ec1,N [in.]
ec2,N [in.]
cac [in.]
kbond
3.059
0.000
34.292
0.99
1.000

For more information about PROFIS Anchor sustained load calculations for
adhesive anchors, refer to the Design Guide section titled Sustained Load
Calculations.
The PROFIS Anchor design report shows the value for kbond in the Variables
section of Part 3.2.
292
Variables kbond (continued)

Variables
Reference
Comments
Values for kbond are derived from testing and will be given in ESR-2322 for the
HIT RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system.
The illustration shows an excerpt from Table 9 in ESR-2322. Note that kbond
values correspond to the condition of the drilled hole into which threaded
rods will be installed using HIT RE 500-SD. Also note that these values
are specific to the threaded rod diameter. kbond equals 1.0 for dry concrete;
therefore, no value is shown for this condition.
kbond values for all of the anchor elements used with HIT-RE 500-SD are given
in the bond strength tables of ESR-2322.
kbond is a bond strength design parameter for the HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive
Anchor System. The value for kbond corresponds to the concrete condition for
the drilled hole into which an anchor element is being installed with
HIT-RE 500-SD.
PROFIS Anchor users can select hole conditions for dry concrete (default
condition - kbond = 1.0), wet concrete (i.e. water saturated concrete) water
filled hole and a hole submerged underwater. To select a hole condition, go
to the box titled Installation conditions in the Base material tab. Click on
the dropdown and select the hole condition relevant to the application. If the
hole condition corresponds to dry concrete, PROFIS Anchor defaults to this
condition and no additional selection needs to be made. Otherwise, select
the relevant hole condition and PROFIS Anchor will apply the corresponding
kbond value to the Nba calculation for HIT-RE 500-SD.
Reference the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters for
more information on Nba.

293
Variables a
Variables
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2
a is a modification factor for lightweight concrete. Per ACI 318-11 Part D.3.6,
a can be derived from testing, or the default values given in ACI 318 can
be used. a = 0.6 for Hilti mechanical anchors and is given in the Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. a for Hilti adhesive anchors is not published
in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. PROFIS Anchor uses a = 0.6
for adhesive anchors when concrete failure modes are being calculated and
lightweight concrete is selected as a design option. PROFIS Anchor uses
a = 0.45 for adhesive anchors when bond failure is being calculated and
lightweight concrete is selected as a design option.
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.6

D.3.6 Modification factor a for lightwieght concrete shall be
taken as:
Cast-in and undercut concrete failure............................. 1.0
Expansion and adhesive anchor concrete failure............ 0.8
Adhesive anchor bond failure per Eq. (D-22).................. 0.6
where is determined in accordance with 8.6.1. It shall be permitted
to use an alternate value a where tests have been performed and
evaluated in accordance with ACI 355.2 or ACI 355.4.
The a values used by PROFIS Anchor for ACI 318-11 adhesive anchor
calculations correspond to all lightweight concrete. Therefore, PROFIS
Anchor multiplies the a values in D.3.6 by 0.75. a = 1.0 when normal weight
concrete is assumed.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows a in the Variables
section.
PROFIS Anchor users can select lightweight concrete conditions by
clicking on the icon titled Lightweight concrete in the Base material tab
as illustrated to the left. When lightweight concrete is selected as a design
option for adhesive anchors, PROFIS Anchor will use a = 0.6 for concrete
failure mode calculations and a = 0.45 for bond failure mode calculations.

294
Variables k,c
Variables
Reference
Comments
k,c
k,c corresponds to the characteristic bond stress of an adhesive anchor. This

parameter is derived from testing, and values for cracked concrete (k,cr) or
uncracked concrete (k,uncr) conditions can be used for calculation of nominal
bond strength. k,uncr is always used to calculate the value for cNa. Reference
the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters for more
information on cNa.
k,c values corresponding to cracked or uncracked concrete conditions are

given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each adhesive anchor.
The illustration to the left shows how these values are given in the Evaluation
Service Report.
ACI 318-11 Appendix D uses the nomenclature (cr) for cracked concrete
design and (uncr) for uncracked concrete design. ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Reprts include a k in the subscript to indicate that these parameters are
characteristic stresses, derived from testing. PROFIS Anchor also uses a k
in the characteristic bond stress nomenclature.
Part 3.2 and Part 3.3 of the PROFIS Anchor design report show k,c in
the Variables section. When bond strength controls the concrete pryout
calculation for shear, Part 4.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows k,c
in the Variables section.

are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02 in (0.5 mm).
Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete
as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed
anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a
reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load
compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of
the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life.
For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be
prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
assumptions.

295
Calculations ANa
Calculations
Reference
ANa
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1, Fig. RD.5.5.1(b)
Assume:
ca1 and ca2 < cNa
s1 and s2 < 2cNa
cNa = 10d
a
uncr
1100
Comments
ANa is defined in ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 as the projected influence area
of a single adhesive anchor or group of adhesive anchors that shall be
approximated as a rectilinear area that projects outward a distance cNa
from the centerline of the adhesive anchor, or in the case of a group of
adhesive anchors, from a line through a row of adjacent adhesive anchors.
from the bonding of adhesive anchors.
cNa is defined in ACI 318-11 by Equation (D-21), which is also given in Part
D.5.5.1. ANa is determined in a similar manner to ANc, the area of influence
assumed to develop for concrete breakout in tension, per Part D.5.2.1. The
difference being that when calculating ANa, cNa is substituted for 1.5hef and
2cNa is substituted for 3hef .
(D-21)
ANa = (cNa + s1 + ca1) (cNa + s2 + ca2)
Prior to 2012, ANa was calculated using the provisions of ICC-ES AC308
Section D.5.3.7, which utilized the parameter scr,Na that was defined by
and projected distances used to calculate ANa were calculated with this
AC308 provisions.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa. It
corresponds to Figure RD.5.5.1(b) in ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows ANa in the Equations
section and the calculated value for ANa in the Calculations section.
or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and input the desired value.
Click the Enter key to set the new value

296
Calculations ANa (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments

297
Calculations ANa0
Calculations
Reference
Comments
ANa0
ANa0 is defined in Part D.5.5.1 as the projected influence area of a single

adhesive anchor with an edge distance equal to or greater than cNa. It
corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete
edges or proximate anchors. cNa is defined in ACI 318-11 by Equation (D-21),
which is also given in Part D.5.5.1.
ANa0 is determined in a similar manner to ANc0, the area of influence for
concrete breakout in tension that is assumed to develop for a single anchor,
per Part D.5.2.1. The difference being that when calculating ANa0, cNa is
substituted for 1.5hef.
Prior to 2012, ANa0 was calculated using the provisions of ICC-ES AC308
Equation (D-16c), which utilized the parameter scr,Na that was defined by
and projected distances used to calculate ANa0 were calculated with this
AC308 provisions.
ANa0 = (2cNa)2
cNa = 10d
(D-20)
uncr
1100
(D-21)
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa0. It

corresponds to Figure RD.5.5.1(a) in ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
ANa0 in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ANa0 in the
Calculations cNa
Calculations
cNa = 10d
uncr
1100
Reference
Comments
cNa is defined in as the projected distance from the center of an anchor shaft
on one side of the anchor required to develop full bond strength of a single
adhesive anchor. Wheras nominal concrete breakout strength calculations
for area parameters such as ANc and ANc0 assume a maximum projected
distance from an anchor of 1.5 hef, bond strength calculations for the area
parameters ANa and ANa0 assume a maximum projected distance from an
anchor of cNa.
The illustrations to the left show how cNa is assumed to define the maximum
projected distance from an anchor when an edge distance is infinite. The
maximum spacing assumed for bond strength calculations equals 2cNa.
cNa is also used to calculate the -modification factors for bond strength.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-21) for cNa in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for cNa in the Calculations
section.

298
Calculations cNa (continued)

Calculations
cNa = 10d
a
uncr
1100
Reference
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculates cNa per Equation (D-21) using the nominal thread
diameter of the anchor element and the characteristic bond stress of an
adhesive anchor in uncracked concrete (tuncr). Select an anchor diameter by
using the drop down in the Filter pane located on the left side of the main
screen. Values for tuncr are derived from testing and given in the Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. The figures to the left illustrate how to select
an anchor diameter in PROFIS Anchor, and how the characteristic bond
strength values are given in an Evaluation Service Report.
The Filter pane will be shown on the left side of the main screen.

299
Calculations cNa (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
assumptions
Calculations Nba
Calculations
Reference
Comments
Nba
Cracked Concrete

shall not exceed
Nba is defined as the basic bond strength of a single adhesive anchor in

tension. It corresponds to the bond strength in tension of a single adhesive
anchor without any influences due to base material geometry. Basic bond
strength was previously designated Na0 in ICC-ES AC308, and it was
calculated using Equation (D-16f). This parameter was used with ACI 318-08
Appendix D provisions.

Uncracked Concrete
Nba = a tcr da hef
(D-22)
The characteristic bond stress, tcr, shall be taken as

the 5 percent fractile of results of tests performed and
evaluated according to ACI 355.4.
Where analysis indicates cracking at service load
levels, adhesive anchors shalll be qualified for use in
cracked concrete in accordance with ACI 355.4
For adhesive anchors located in a region of a concrete
member where analysis indicates no cracking at
service load levels, tuncr shall be permitted to be used
in place of tcr in Eq. (D-22) and shall be taken as the
5 percent fractile of results of tests performed and
evaluated according to ACI 355.4
Per Part D.5.5.2, Nba can be calculated for cracked concrete or uncracked
concrete conditions by using a characteristic bond stress value (t)
corresponding to the relevant condition. Chracteristic bond stress values are
derived from testing, and will be published in the Evaluation Service Report
for the anchor. t values are also dependent on the type of anchor element,
e.g. threaded rod, rebar, etc.
N,seis is a parameter derived from testing that is used in the Nba calculations
when seismic conditions are assumed.
kbond is a parameter corresponding to the condition of the drilled hole. This
parameter is only used to calculate Nba for the HIT RE 500-SD adhesive
anchor system.
More detailed information about the parameters a, t, N,seis, kbond, da and hef is
given in the section of this Design Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength
variables.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-22) for Nba in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Nba in the Calculations
section.

300
Calculations Nba (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
assumptions.
Calculations cp,Na
Calculations
cp,Na = MAXIMUM
ca,min
cac
cNa
cac
Reference
Comments
cp,Na is the adhesive anchor modification factor for splitting. It is only
calculated for post-installed anchors when uncracked concrete conditions
are assumed.
The critical edge distance for splitting, cac, corresponds to the edge distance
needed to preclude splitting in uncracked concrete. When the minimum fixed
edge distance ca,min is less than cac, and uncracked concrete conditions have
been assumed for post-installed anchor installation, cp,Na is calculated per
Equation (D-27).
cp,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for cp,Na in the

301
Calculations cp,Na (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
assumptions.

For definition of h and hef see Figure 1.
tk,uncr 0.4
h
max 3.1-0.7
; 1.4
Eq. (4-1)
cac = hef
1160
hef
( )


anchor element when determining cac. The illustration to the left shows the
More detailed information about cac is given in the Variables section for
ACI 318-11 Bond Strength.

302
Calculations cp,Na (continued)

Calculations
Reference
Comments
the desired value.

303
Calculations ec1,Na
Calculations
Reference
ec1,Na
ec1,Na =
1
1 + ec1,N
cNa
Comments
PROFIS Anchor designates the distance in the x direction of the resultant
tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension, as ec1,N.
More detailed information about ec1,N is given in the Variables section for
ACI 318-11 Bond Strength. Reference the Design Guide section on Base
Plate Calculations for information on how ec1,N is calculated in PROFIS
Anchor.
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Equations section for
ec,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ec1,Na in the

304

Calculations
Reference
Comments

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
11996
5439

calculation of ec1,Na corresponds to the distance in the x direction of the
Shear force y
11996
5439
11996
5439
9
0
0
0
6.881" in the -x direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
#4, #5, #7 and #8 are in tension, and their centroid is located 5" from the
center of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity in the x direction
(ec1,N) for this application equals 6.881" - 5.00" = 1.881". Part 2 of the PROFIS
0.14 [%]
602 [psi]
52306 [lb]
22306 [lb]
3.2 Bond Strength

Variables
tk,c,uncr [psi]
da [in.]
hef [in.]
ca,min [in.]
tk,c [psi]
1880
1.000
15.000
904
ec1,N [in.]
ec2,N [in.]
cac [in.]
kbond
1.881
2.783
25.427
1.00
1.000
cNa [in.]
ANa [in.2]
ANa0 [in.2]
ed,Na
13.013
1293.85
677.34
1.000
ec1,Na
ec2,Na
cp,Na
Nba
0.374
1.000
1.000
42614
Calculations

The modification factor for eccentricity in the x direction (ec1,Na) has been
report.
305

Calculations
Reference
Comments
building code.
desired value.

306

Calculations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P

307

Calculations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P
Calculations ec2,Na
Calculations
Reference
ec2,Na
ec2,Na =
1
1 + ec2,N
cNa
Comments
PROFIS Anchor designates the distance in the y direction of the resultant
tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension, as ec2,N. More
detailed information about ec2,N is given in the Variables section for
ACI 318-11 Bond Strength. Reference the Design Guide section on Base Plate
Calculations for information on how ec2,N is calculated in PROFIS Anchor.
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Equations section for
ec,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ec2,Na in the

308

Calculations
Reference
Comments

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
15027
5505
15027
5505
6
0
0
0

calculation of ec2,Na corresponds to the distance in the y direction of the
Shear force y
6.783" in the +y direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity in the y direction (ec2,N)
for this application equals 6.783" - 4.00" = 2.783". Part 2 of the PROFIS
0
0.14 [%]
602 [psi]
41064 [lb]
11064 [lb]
Variables
tk,c,uncr [psi]
da [in.]
hef [in.]
ca,min [in.]
tk,c [psi]
1880
1.000
15.000
904
ec1,N [in.]
ec2,N [in.]
cac [in.]
kbond
0.000
2.783
25.427
1.00
1.000
cNa [in.]
ANa [in.2]
ANa0 [in.2]
ed,Na
13.013
1293.85
677.34
1.000
ec1,Na
ec2,Na
cp,Na
Nba
1.000
0.824
1.000
42614
The modification factor for eccentricity in the y direction (ec2,Na) has been
report.
Calculations

309

Calculations
Reference
Comments
building code.
desired value.

310

Calculations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P

311

Calculations
Reference
Comments
NOTE: P

312
Calculations ed,Na
Calculations
ed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3
( )
ca,min
Reference
Comments
ed,Na is the adhesive anchor modification factor for edge effects. This factor
is calculated for a single anchor, or for an anchor group when any fixed edge
distance is less than the value for cNa. The smallest fixed edge distance less
than cNa is used in Equation (D-25).
cNa
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Calculations section for
More detailed information about ca,min is given in the Variables section for ACI
ed,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ed,Na in the
the desired value.

313
Results
Na
Results
Na =
( )
ANa
ANa 0
ed,Na cp,Na Nba
Reference
Comments
Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength for a single adhesive

anchor (Na). Information specific to the parameters in Equation (D-18) is given
in the Design Guide section for each parameter.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-18) for Na in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Na in the Results section.
Results
Nag
Nag =
Results
ANa
ANa 0
ec,Na ed,Na cp,Na Nba
Reference
Comments
Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors (Nag). Information specific to the parameters in Equation (D-19) is
given in the Design Guide section for each parameter.
The nominal bond strength equation for anchor groups that was given in
ICC-ES AC308 as Equation (D-16b), and was used with ACI 318-08 Appendix
D provisions, included a modification factor for group action that was
designated g,Na. This factor is not included in the adhesive anchor provisions
of ACI 318-11 Part D.5.5. Refer to the Design Guide section on ACI 318-08
bond strength calculations for more information about g,Na.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-19) for Nag
in the Equations section, and the calculated value for Nag in the Results
section.

314
Results
Nua
Results
Reference

noted in D.3.3
Failure mode
ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1
Anchor group*
Anchors as a
in a group
group
Steel strangth in
tension (D.5.1)
Nsa Nua
Concrete breakout
strength in tension
(D.5.2)
Ncb Nua
Pullout strength in
tension (D.5.3)
Npn Nua
Concrete side-face
blowout strength in
tension (D.5.4)
Nsb Nua
Nsbg Nua,g
Bond strength of
adhesive anchor in
tension (D.5.5)
Na Nua
Nag Nua,g
Steel strength in
shear (D.6.1)
Vsa Vua
Concrete breakout
strength in shear
(D.6.2)
Vcb Vua
Vcbg Vua,g
Concrete pryout
strength in shear
(D.6.3)
Vcp Vua
Vcpg Vua,g
Nsa Nua,l
Ncbg Nua,g
Npn Nua,l
Comments
Strength Design compares a calculated tension design strength (Nn) to a
factored service load (Nua), and a calculated shear design strength (Vn) to
a factored service load (Vua). Nua corresponds to the factored tensile force
assumed to be applied to an anchor or to a group of anchors.
Table D.4.1.1 shows the design parameters that must be satisfied for
the various anchor failure modes considered in ACI 318-11 Appendix D
provisions. Some failure modes are specific to a particular anchor type. For
example, side-face blowout is a failure mode that is specific to cast-in-place
anchors, and bond strength is a failure mode that is specific to post-installed
adhesive anchors.
Note also that some failure modes can be calculated for a single anchor or
for an anchor group; depending on the anchor configuration. Other failure
modes such as steel strength and pullout strength are always calculated for a
single anchor when using ACI 318-11 Appendix D provisions.
The sustained load check defined in ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2 is performed
for a single anchor, and the calculated capacity is compared to the highest
factored sustained tension load acting on a single anchor. Refer to the Design
Guide section on Sustained Load Calculations for more informaton about
the provisions of Part D.4.1.2.
Vsa Vua,l
Select ACI 318-11 Appendix D Strength Design provisions by clicking on the
Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on the option for Strength Design
according to ACI 318-11.

315
Results
Nua (continued)
Results
Reference
Comments
building code.
Part 1. Input Data of the design report includes an illustration of the factored
loads that have been input.
PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the responsibility of
the user to determine the factored load value input in PROFIS Anchor. The
tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume

316
Results
Nua (continued)
Results
Reference
Comments
A summary of the forces acting on the anchorage based on the loads that
have been input is given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces of
the design report. This section shows the tension and shear forces acting on
each anchor, as well as the resultant axial forces acting on the anchorage.

being loaded in tension and some in compression. Part 2 of the design
report contains an illustration showing the axial force distribution for the
anchorage. Anchors determined to be in compression will be shaded in gray.
PROFIS Anchor provides information for the magnitude and location of the
resultant tension and compression forces acting on the connection. PROFIS
Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to be in
compression.

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
Shear force y
10269
10006
6
9832
0
0
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.623/-5.161):
0
0.21 [%]
898 [psi]
30107 [lb]
25107 [lb]
3. Tension load
Load Nua (lb)
Capacity Nn (lb)
Status
Steel Strength*
10269
28541
36
OK
Bond Strength**
30107
48437
63
OK
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30107
41902
72
OK

Results
Nag [lb]
bond
Nag [lb]
Nua [lb]
74519
0.650
48437
30107

The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to bond strength calculations

in Part 3 Tension Load, and in the Results section of the bond strength
design parameters. The value assumed for Nua when calculating nominal
bond strength depends on the number of anchors that are determined to be
in tension.
Part 3 Tension load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Bond Strength
indicating that the value for Nua pertains to the total factored tension load
acting on the number of anchors that are determined to be in tension, which,
for a given application can be one anchor or more than one anchor.
Conversely, tension design strengths such as that calculated for sustained
load are always calculated for a single anchor, and Nua corresponds to the
highest relevant tension load acting on a single anchor. Part 3 Tension
load will show a single asterisk (*) next to Sustained Tension Load Bond
Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains to the highest sustained
tension load acting on a single anchor. Refer to the Design Guide section on
Sustained Load Calculations for more information about the sustained load
provisions of ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2.
317
Results
Nua (continued)
Results
Reference
Comments
3. Tension load
Load Nua (lb)
Capacity Nn (lb)
Status
Steel Strength*
10269
28541
36
OK
Bond Strength**
30107
48437
63
OK
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30107
41902
72
OK

Per ACI 318-11, Table D.4.1.1; Na or Nag must be greater than or equal to
the assumed factored load for either a single anchor or for the anchor group,
respectively. PROFIS Anchor uses the generic designation Nua to designate
the assumed factored load acting on the anchorage.
If the value for Na or Nag shown under the heading Capacity Nn [lb] in
Part 3 of the design report is the value shown for Nua under the heading
Load Nua [lb], the note OK will appear under the heading Status. The value
shown under the heading Utilization N [%] = Nua/Nua will be less than or
equal to 100%, and the criteria of Table D.4.1.1 will have been satisfied.
3. Tension load
Load Nua (lb)
Capacity Nn (lb)
Steel Strength*
13029
28451
46
OK
Bond Strength**
38490
30790
126
Not recommended
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
38490
30846
125
Not recommended

Status
If the value for Na or Nag is < Nua, the note Not recommended will appear
under the heading Status. The value shown under the heading Utilization
N [%] = Nua/Nua will be greater than 100% and the criteria of Table D.4.1.1
will not have been satisfied.

318
Results
bond
Results
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1
bond is the PROFIS Anchor designation for one of the - factors applied to
the nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to obtain the design bond strength
(Na or Nag). Values for bond are determined via testing. Part 3.2 of the
PROFIS Anchor design report will show the relevant bond value for the drilled
hole installation conditions that have been selected.
Results
Nag [lb]
bond
seismic
nonductile
Ncbg [lb]
Nua [lb]
22369
0.650
0.750
1.000
10905
5000
Other - factors that can be applied to the nominal bond strength include a
reduction factor for seismic tension conditions (designated seismic in PROFIS
Anchor) and a reduction factor for non-ductile failure modes (designated
nonductile in PROFIS Anchor). Refer to the Results section for ACI 318-11
Bond Strength parameters for more information about these - factors.
The tables for Bond Strength in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an
adhesive anchor will show - factors corresponding to various drilled hole
installation conditions. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report will show
the relevant - factor for the installation conditions that have been selected,
and it will designate this factor as bond in the Results section.
The illustrations to the left show the various - factors that will appear
as bond in the design report when (a) HIT-HY 200 has been selected for
the anchor system (ESR-3187) and (b) when HIT-RE 500-SD has been
selected for the anchor system (ESR-2322). Note that these - factors may
be dependent on the anchor element diameter as well as the installation
condition.

319
Results
nonductile
Results
Reference
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

ACI 318-11 design report in PROFIS Anchor

Results
Nag [lb]
bond
seismic
nonductile
Nag [lb]
Nua [lb]
22369
0.650
0.750
1.000
10905
5000

Comments
nonductile is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the - factor described in the
seismic provisions of ACI 318-08 Part D.3.3.6. These provisions are shown
to the left.
nonductile is applied to the nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to obtain the
design bond strength (Na or Nag). nonductile is only used with the provisions
of ACI 318-08 Appendix D. It is not used with the provisions of ACI 318-11
Appendix D. For more information about nonductile, refer to the Design Guide
section on ACI 318-08 Bond Strength provisions.
When using PROFIS Anchor with ACI 318-11 provisions, the design report
will show the parameter nonductile equal to 1.000 in the Results section of
Part 3.2. Use of nonductile for calculating Na or Nag is only relevant when
designing with ACI 318-08 provisions.
Other - factors that are relevant to ACI 318-11 Appendix D design include
a reduction factor that is applied to the nominal bond strength (designated
bond in PROFIS Anchor) and a reduction factor for seismic tension conditions
(designated seismic in PROFIS Anchor). Refer to the Results section for ACI
318-11 Bond Strength parameters for more information about these
- factors.
320
Results
seismic
Results
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4

D.3.3.4.4 The anchor design tensile strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined from consideration of (a)
through (e) for the failure modes given in Table D.4.1.1 assuming the concrete is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that
the concrete remains uncracked:
(a) Nsa for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group of anchors;
(b) 0
.75Ncb or 0.75Ncbg, except that Ncb or Ncbg need not be calculated where anchor reinforcement satisfying
D.5.2.9 is provided;
(c) 0.75Npn for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group of anchors;
seismic is the PROFIS Anchor designation for one of the - factors applied to
the nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to obtain the design bond strength
(Na or Nag). It corresponds to the 0.75 reduction referenced in ACI 318-11
Part D.3.3.4.4 when seismic tension conditions have been selected as a
design option.
The text for ACI 318-11 Part D.3.3.4.4 is shown to the left.
(d) 0.75Nsb or 0.75Nsbg; and

(e) 0.75Na or 0.75Nag
where is in accordance with D.4.3 or D.4.4.
PROFIS Anchor users can select ACI 318-11 Appendix D seismic design
provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then selecting Strength Design
according to ACI 318-11 via the dropdown as shown in the illustration, then
clicking on the Seismic design icon.
The 0.75 reduction corresponding to the PROFIS Anchor parameter seismic is
only applied to nominal tension strengths, including nominal bond strength.
Selection of the seismic tension design option will result in seismic being used
in PROFIS Anchor calculations.
Reference the Design Guide section titled ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions
for more information about PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 Appendix D seismic
calculations.
Results
Nag [lb]
bond
seismic
nonductile
Nag [lb]
Nua [lb]
22369
0.650
0.750
1.000
10905
5000
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows the parameter seismic
in the Results section. This parameter corresponds to the 0.75 reduction
required per ACI 318-11 Part D.3.3.4.4. The design report will show seismic
equal to 0.75 when ACI 318-11 seismic tension provisions D.3.3.4.3 (b)
through (d) have been selected in PROFIS Anchor. The value shown for seismic
when D.3.3.4.3(a) has been selected will depend on whether or not the
provisions of subsections 1 and 2 have been satisfied.
Other - factors that can be applied to the nominal bond strength include a
factor for the drilled hole installation conditions (designated bond in PROFIS
Anchor) and a factor for non-ductile failure modes (designated nonductile in
PROFIS Anchor). Refer to the Results section for ACI 318-11 Bond Strength
parameters for more information about these - factors.

321
Results
Na
Results
noted in D.3.3
Failure mode
Nsa Nua
Concrete breakout
strength in tension
(D.5.2)
Ncb Nua
Pullout strength in
tension (D.5.3)
Npn Nua
Concrete side-face
blowout strength in
tension (D.5.4)
Nsb Nua
Bond strength of
adhesive anchor in
tension (D.5.5)
Na Nua
Steel strength in
shear (D.6.1)
Vsa Vua
Concrete breakout
strength in shear
(D.6.2)
Vcb Vua
Vcbg Vua,g
Concrete pryout
strength in shear
(D.6.3)
Vcp Vua
Vcpg Vua,g
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1
Strength design requires the calculated nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to
be multiplied by a strength reduction factor ( - factor) to obtain a design
strength (Na or Nag). The design strength is then compared to the factored
tension load (Nua) relevant to the anchors that are in tension. ACI 318-11
Table D.4.1.1 is shown to the left. It defines the strength design parameters
that must be satisfied for bond strength, as well as the various anchor failure
modes considered in ACI 318-11 Appendix D provisions. More detailed
information about Na and Nag is given in the Equations section for ACI 318-11
Bond Strength.
Anchor group*
Anchors as a
in a group
group
Steel strangth in
tension (D.5.1)
Reference
Nsa Nua,l
Na is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the design strength of a single

adhesive anchor. The parameter Na shown in Part 3.2 Results of the
PROFIS Anchor design report actually includes two - factors (bond and
seismic) which are multiplied by the nominal bond strength of a single adhesive
anchor (Na). Therefore, the calculated value for Na shown to the left equals
(bond)(seismic)(Na) = (0.65)(0.75)(16,373 lb) = 7982 lb.
Ncbg Nua,g
Npn Nua,l
Nsbg Nua,g
Results
Nag Nua,g
Na [lb]
bond
seismic
nonductile
Na [lb]
Nua [lb]
16373
0.650
0.750
1.000
7982
5000
Vsa Vua,l

bond is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the - factor corresponding to

various drilled hole installation conditions for an adhesive anchor element.
Values for bond are determined via testing. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
design report will show the relevant bond value for the drilled hole installation
condition that has been selected.
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction for seismic tension conditions
given in ACI 318-11 Part D.3.3.4.4 as seismic. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
design report will show seismic.
The parameter designated nonductile in the design report corresponds to the
- factor described in the seismic provisions of ACI 318-08 Part D.3.3.6. It is
not used with the provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D. For more information
about bond, seismic and nonductile, refer to the Results section for ACI 318-11
Bond Strength parameters
322
Results
Nag
Results
noted in D.3.3
Failure mode
Nsa Nua
Concrete breakout
strength in tension
(D.5.2)
Ncb Nua
Pullout strength in
tension (D.5.3)
Npn Nua
Concrete side-face
blowout strength in
tension (D.5.4)
Nsb Nua
Bond strength of
adhesive anchor in
tension (D.5.5)
Na Nua
Steel strength in
shear (D.6.1)
Vsa Vua
Concrete breakout
strength in shear
(D.6.2)
Vcb Vua
Vcbg Vua,g
Concrete pryout
strength in shear
(D.6.3)
Vcp Vua
Vcpg Vua,g
Comments
ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1
Strength design requires the calculated nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to
be multiplied by a strength reduction factor ( - factor) to obtain a design
strength (Na or Nag). The design strength is then compared to the factored
tension load (Nua) relevant to the anchors that are in tension. ACI 318-11
Table D.4.1.1 is shown to the left. It defines the strength design parameters
that must be satisfied for bond strength, as well as the various anchor failure
modes considered in ACI 318-11 Appendix D provisions. More detailed
information about Na and Nag is given in the Equations section for ACI 318-11
Bond Strength.
Anchor group*
Anchors as a
in a group
group
Steel strangth in
tension (D.5.1)
Reference
Nsa Nua,l
Nag is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the design strength of an

adhesive anchor group. The parameter Nag shown in Part 3.2 Results of
the PROFIS Anchor design report actually includes two - factors (bond and
seismic) which are multiplied by the nominal bond strength of the adhesive
anchor group (Nag). Therefore, the calculated value for Nag shown to the left
equals (bond)(seismic)(Nag) = (0.65)(0.75)(22,369 lb) = 10,905 lb.
Ncbg Nua,g
Npn Nua,l
Nsbg Nua,g
Results
Nag Nua,g
Nag [lb]
bond
seismic
nonductile
Nag [lb]
Nua [lb]
22369
0.650
0.750
1.000
10905
8500
Vsa Vua,l

bond is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the - factor corresponding to

various drilled hole installation conditions for an adhesive anchor element.
Values for bond are determined via testing. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
design report will show the relevant bond value for the drilled hole installation
condition that has been selected.
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction for seismic tension conditions
given in ACI 318-11 Part D.3.3.4.4 as seismic. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
design report will show seismic.
The parameter designated nonductile in the design report corresponds to the
- factor described in the seismic provisions of ACI 318-08 Part D.3.3.6. It is
not used with the provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D. For more information
about bond, seismic and nonductile, refer to the Results section for ACI 318-11
Bond Strength parameters
323
ACI 318-11 Sustained Load Provisions
Sustained Load Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.2

Reference
Comments
D.4.1.2
ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.2
ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2 is a provision that requires a check on adhesive

anchor capacity when the anchorage is subjected to a sustained tension
load. If the factored tension load includes a sustained tension load, the
capacity of the anchorage with respect to sustained tension loading must be
checked using Equation (D-1). The sustained tension load check of D.4.1.2 is
performed in addition to the calculation of nominal bond strength (Na or Nag).
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2
D.4.1.2 For the design of adhesive anchors to

resist sustained tension loads, in addition to D.4.1.1,

0.55Nba Nua,s
(D-1)
where Nba is determined in accordance with D.5.5.2.
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.5

shall not exceed

Nba = a (cr or uncr) da hef
(D-22)
The characteristic bond stress (cr or uncr) shall be

taken as the 5 percent fractile of results of tests
performed and evaluated according to ACI 355.4.
D.3.5 For adhesive anchors subjected to sustained
tension loading, D.4.1.2 shall be satisfied. For groups
of adhesive anchors, Eq. (D-1) shall be satisfied for the
anchor that resists the highest sustained tension load.
Installer certification and inspection requirements for
horizontal and upwardly inclined adhesive anchors
subjected to sustained tension loading shall be in
accordance with D.9.2.2 through D.9.2.4.
in PROFIS Anchor. The design strength calculations performed by PROFIS
Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a manner
consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building
code.
Design analysis of the anchorage will identify the load distribution among the
anchors. The value for Nua,s corresponds to the highest factored sustained
tension load being resisted by a single anchor, as noted in Chapter 2
(definitions) of ACI 318-11 and in Part D.3.5 of ACI 318-11 Appendix D. The
criteria for determining what constitutes a sustained load are given in the
commentary RD.4.1.2. Sustained loading for ambient concrete temperature
conditions assumes the concrete member will have a temperature of 70 F, and
the load will be applied for 50 years. Sustained loading for elevated concrete
temperature conditions assumes the concrete member will have a temperature
of 110 F, and the load will be applied for 10 years.
A portion of D.5.5.2 has been excerpted and is shown to the left. Terms
for the parameter c are shown in parenthesis to indicate this parameter is
dependent on the assumed concrete conditions. Nba equals the basic bond
strength for a single adhesive anchor. When calculating Nba, the value used
for characteristic bond stress (cr or uncr) will depend on whether cracked
concrete conditions (cr) or uncracked concrete conditions (uncr) are assumed.
More detailed information about Nba is given in the section of this Design
Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Equations.
The strength reduction factor () in Equation (D-1) corresponds to the
-factor for bond strength given in the adhesive anchor Evaluation Service
Report. This parameter is designated bond in Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
design report. More detailed information about bond is given in the section of
this Design Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Results.

324
Sustained Load Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.2 (continued)

Reference
Comments
PROFIS Anchor users can input a sustained tension load value via the
matrix that appears on the main screen below the graphic illustrating the
anchorage. Select a tension force parameter for the Sustained loads option
in the matrix, then input the desired value. The illustration to the left shows
how sustained tension load parameters corresponding to axial tension,
and moment about the y axis have been input in the matrix. Sustained load
parameters are only considered for tension loading: axial tension, moment
about the x axis and moment about the y axis. Shear loads and torsion
moment are not considered when checking the sustained load capacity
per D.4.1.2. Refer to the Design Guide Section on Factored Loads for
more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations for shear with torsion
moment.
A tension load value must always be input in at least one of the matrix
parameters corresponding to Design loads, even if the only tension loads
acting on the anchorage are assumed to be sustained loads. Assume that the
tension load values shown in the illustration to the left correspond to 100%
sustained tension, i.e. no live load, etc. is assumed to act on the anchorage.
Note that no tension load value has been input in any of the Design loads
parameters.The message that appears in the Messages pane indicates that
sustained tension load values input into the matrix have to be less than or
equal to the design tension load values that have been input in the matrix. It
is prompting the user to input the sustained tension load values in the Design
loads parameters of the matrix as well as in the Sustained loads parameters
of the matrix because the design tension loads are all being shown equal
to zero. PROFIS Anchor will not perform calculations until load values have
been input in the Design loads parameters. When tension loads are being
considered, PROFIS Anchor will not perform sustained tension calculations
until tension load values have been input in the Design loads parameters.
It will, however, perform tension calculations when tension load values have
only been input in the Design loads parameters, but no tension load values
have been input in the Sustained loads parameters.
The value input for a Sustained loads parameter can never be greater than
the value input for the same Design loads parameter. Note in the illustration
to the left that the sustained tension load value that has been input into
the matrix exceeds the design tension load value that has been input. The
message that appears in the Messages pane is noting this condition and
prompting the user to review the load values that have been input. PROFIS
Anchor will not perform calculations until the design tension load values that
have been input in the matrix equal or exceed the sustained tension load
values that have been input in the matrix.

325

Reference
Comments
PROFIS Anchor users can select the load combination they would like to view
on the main screen graphic via the dropdown that apears next to the graphic.
PROFIS Anchor designates the factored loads that will be used for the criteria
given in ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 as Design loads. The design load load
would typically be a factored load determined in accordance with one of the
equations given in ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1. It is the responsibility of the user
to determine the factored load value input in PROFIS Anchor. The design
When Design loads is selected via the dropdown, values corresponding
to the factored loads Nua and Vua shown in ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 can be
input. These values can be input via the main screen graphic or via the matrix
that appears on the main screen below the graphic. Select the desired force
parameter and input the value. Click Enter to save the value.
When Design loads has been selected via the dropdown, the Active button
for Design loads will be selected in the matrix. The load values shown in the
matrix will also be shown on the main screen and in the illustration in Part 1
of the PROFIS Anchor design report. The utilization for each relevant design
failure mode will likewise be shown in the Results pane under the heading
Utilization (%). The utilization corresponding to Sustained loads will be
grayed out.
When Design loads has been selected via the dropdown, the parameter
Utilization (%) corresponds to the factored load being considered for a
particular failure mode, divided by the design strength for that failure mode:
Nua / Nn and Vua / Vn.
Reference the Design Guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more
information about the parameter Utilization (%). Reference ACI 318-11 Part
D.4.1.1 for more information on strength design criteria used to calculate
Utilization (%) when the Design loads option has been selected.

326

Reference
Comments
When Sustained loads is selected via the dropdown that appears next to
the main screen graphic, values corresponding to the sustained factored
tension loads assumed for the application can be input. These values can be
input via the main screen graphic or via the matrix that appears on the main
screen below the graphic. Select the desired force parameter and input the
value. Click Enter to save the value.
When Sustained loads has been selected via the dropdown, the Active
button for Sustained loads will be selected in the matrix. The load values
shown in the matrix will also be shown on the main screen and in the
illustration in Part 1 of the PROFIS Anchor design report. The utilization
for sustained tension loading, i.e. pullout/bond, will likewise be shown
in the Results pane under the heading Utilization (%). The utilization
corresponding to design loads will be grayed out.
When Sustained loads has been selected via the dropdown, the parameter
Utilization (%) corresponds to the factored sustained tension load (Nua,s)
being assumed for the application , divided by the design strength calculated
per Part D.4.1.2 Equation (D-1):
Nua,s / 0.55Nba
(D-1).
Sustained load calculations are only performed for tension load conditions
using the force parameters that have been input for the Sustained loads
option, and the value calculated per Equation (D-1).
When Decisive combination has been selected via the dropdown that
appears next to the main screen graphic, neither the Active button for
Design loads nor the Active button for Sustained loads will selected in the
matrix that appears on the main screen below the graphic. The load values
corresponding to the parameter Design loads in the matrix will be shown on
the main screen, and in the illustration in Part 1 of the PROFIS Anchor design
report. The utilization for both design loads and sustained loads will be
shown in the Results pane under the heading Utilization (%).
When Decisive combination has been selected via the dropdown that
apears next to the main screen graphic, the Utilization (%) for both the
design loads and for the sustained tension load will be shown in the
Results pane. The utilization corresponding to combined tension and shear
interaction will include consideration of the utilizations for both design loads
and sustained tension load.
Reference the Design Guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more
information about PROFIS Anchor calculations when both tension and shear
loads act on an anchorage.

327

Reference
Comments
3 Tension load
Load Nua [lb]
Capacity Nn [lb]
Utilization n = Nua/Nn
Status
Steel Strength*
11302
28541
40
OK
Bond Strength**
29566
42769
70
OK
Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength**
9566
15234
63
OK
29852
53265
57
OK
*anchor having the highest loading

**anchor group (anchors in tension)
3.3 Sustained Load Bond Strength
0.55 Nba Nua,s
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-1)
Nba = a tk,c bond da hef
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-22)
Variables
a
tk,c [psi]
bond
da [in.]
hef [in.]
1.000
904
1.00
1.000
15.000
Nba [lb]
bond
0.55 Nba [lb]
Nua,s [lb]
42614
0.650
15234
9566
Calculations
Part 3 Tension load of the PROFIS Anchor design report is a summary of the
calculation results for tension. Sustained tension load calculation results will
show the value calculated using Equation (D-1) under the heading Capacity
Nn [lb]. The value for the highest factored sustained tension load will be
given under the heading Load Nua [lb].
Part 3.3 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows the equations used to
perform the sustained tension load check of ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2, the
variables used in these equations and the calculations performed with these
equations.
When the parameter Nba is calculated for sustained load per D.4.1.2, the
parameter N,seis is not included in Equation (D-22). The reason for this
omission is that seismic conditions are not considered as being part of a
sustained load condition; therefore, no seismic-specific parameter need be
considered when performing the sustained load check of D.4.1.2, and N,seis
will not be shown in Part 3.3 of the design report.
More detailed information about Nba is given in the section of this Design
Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Equations.
More detailed information about N,seis is given in the section of this Design
Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Variables.
More detailed information about the -factor used in Equation (D-1) is
given in the Design Guide section for ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Results
referencing the parameter bond .
Nba [lb]
42614
Results

328

calculations to determine resultant loads and how factored
load information is presented in the Design Report.
Load Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Equation Nn versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Equation Vn versus Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
% Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Resultant Tension and Shear Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Resultant Shear Load
Torsion and Shear Towards Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Torsion and Shear Away From Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Torsion and Shear Parallel To Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

329
Load Factors
Variable
Reference
Load Factors
ACI 318-08, Part 9.2.1

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4
Comments
Input loads acting on a connection via the Enter Loads box in the Loads tab
or directly via the main screen.
PROFIS Anchor does not apply load factors. It is the responsibility of the user
to include factoring when inputting loads.
PROFIS Anchor calculations assume that the factored loads input by the user
correspond to the provisions of ACI 318-08, Part 9.2.1 and the -factors
correspond to ACI 318-08 D.4.4. Reference D.4.4: Strength reduction factor
for anchors in concrete shall be as follows when the load combinations of
9.2 are used.
Refer to the Design Strength calculations for more detailed information
regarding the various -factors utilized in PROFIS Anchor.

330
Equation Nn versus Nua

Equation
Reference
Nn Nua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1)
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following tensile Design Strengths for cast-inplace anchors:
Design Steel Strength (Nsa)
Design Pullout Strength (Npn)
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (Ncb or Ncbg)
Design Side-Face Blowout Strength (Nsb or Nsbg).
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following tensile Design Strengths for postinstalled anchors:
Design Steel Strength (Nsa)
Design Pullout Strength (Npn,fc) (mechanical anchors only)
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (Ncb or Ncbg)
Design Bond Strength (Na or Nag) (adhesive anchors only).
EQ. (D-1) is shown in the Equations section of the Design Report for each
Design Strength.
Equation Vn versus Vua

Equation
Reference
Vn Vua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)
Comments
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following shear Design Strengths for cast-inplace anchors and post-installed anchors:
Design Steel Strength (Vsa)
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm (VsM)
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (Vcb or Vcbg)
Design Pryout Strength (Vcp or Vcpg).
EQ. (D-2) is shown in the Equations section of the Design Report for each
Design Strength.

331
% Utilization
Result
Reference
% Utilization
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ.(D-1) and EQ. (D-2)
Comments
A summary of the resultant tension loads (Nua) and the tension Design
Strengths (NN) is shown in Part 3. Tension load of the PROFIS Anchor
Design Report. The illustrations to the left show how tension loads and
tension Design Strengths are summarized.
% Utilization corresponds to Nua / NN.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is 100%, it
indicates that NN Nua per the provisions of D.4.1.1. The Design Report will
show OK under the heading Status.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is > 100%,
it indicates that NN < Nua. The provisions of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
The Design Report will show not recommended under the heading Status.
A summary of the resultant shear loads (Vua) and the shear Design Strengths
(VN) is shown in Part 4. Shear load of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report.
The illustrations to the left show how shear loads and shear Design Strengths
are summarized.
% Utilization corresponds to Vua / VN.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is 100%, it
indicates that VN Vua per the provisions of D.4.1.1. The Design Report will
show OK under the heading Status.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is > 100%,
it indicates that VN < Vua. The provisions of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
The Design Report will show not recommended under the heading Status.

332
Resultant Tension and Shear Load

Result
Reference
Comments
Resultant Loads
Factored loads input by the user are shown in Part 1. Input data of the
PROFIS Anchor Design Report.
The resultant tension and shear loads calculated from the factored loads
input by the user are shown in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
The illustration to the left shows the resultant loads calculated by PROFIS
Anchor using the factored loads in the illustration above.
If the factored loads include moments about the x-axis or y-axis, PROFIS
Anchor calculates a resultant tension force that includes the influence of
the moments. The resultant tension force is distributed among the anchors
determined to be in tension. Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations
for more information.
If the factored loads include a torsion moment about the z-axis, PROFIS
Anchor calculates a resultant shear force that includes the influence of the
moment. Refer to the Resultant Shear Load files in the Factored Load
section for more information.

333
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge

Result
Reference
Comments
2 Load case/Resutling anchor forces

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
Shear force y
2992
2441
1731
1731
1731
2992
-2441
1731
3112
2441
-1931
1931
-1931
3112
-2441
-1931
When a torsion moment and a shear force act on an anchorage, such that
the shear force acts towards a fixed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
resultant shear force (Vua) that considers the forces from the torsion moment
acting on each anchor, along with the forces from the applied shear force
acting on each anchor. Load conditions that create torsion can be modeled
in PROFIS Anchor by inputting a torsion moment, or by inputting an eccentric
shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the
Profiles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.
Torsion calculations are only considered for anchor groups, since a statically
determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor
subjected to torsion.
PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group
(Vcbg) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. Vua is assumed to act
towards the fixed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fixed edge.
A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete pryout in shear for a single
anchor (Vcp) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion because the
highest loaded anchor will control the design for this load condition. The
value for Vua when pryout is being considered corresponds to the highest load
acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment and the applied
shear force.
The following example will be used to explain PROFIS Anchor calculations
for the resultant shear force (Vua,) and the corresponding eccentricity, when a
torsion moment acts on the anchorage along with an applied shear force that
acts towards a fixed edge.The example parameters are as follows:
6-anchors in shear spaced at 12" in the x direction and 8" in the y
direction.
torsion moment acting in a counterclockwise direction having a
magnitude of 144,000 in-lb.
applied shear force acting towards a fixed edge in the -y direction
having a magnitude of 600 lb.

334
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge (continued)
Result
Reference
Comments
The 600 lb applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among

each anchor 100 lb/anchor.
Anchor
Resultant
Force
Shear Force
in x direction
#1
2993 lb
#2
1731 lb
#3
2993 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
#4
3112 lb
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
#5
1931 lb
#6
3112 lb
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
0 lb
0 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
Shear Force
in y direction
(+)
(3051 lb) sin - 100 lb

1731 lb
(+)
1831 lb - 100 lb
1731 lb
(+)
(3051 lb) sin - 100 lb

1731 lb
(-)
- (3051 lb) sin - 100 lb

1931 lb
(-)
- 1831 lb - 100 lb
1931 lb
(-)
- (3051 lb) sin - 100 lb

1931 lb
Design Assumptions
The resultant shear force (Vua) acts towards the fixed concrete edge.
The x component of the resultant shear force (Vua,x) equals the sum of the
x direction forces nearest the fixed edge. These forces correspond to F1,x
and F4,x acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x drection
forces acting on anchors # 3 and #6.
The y component of the resultant shear force (Vua,y) corresponds to the net
y direction forces acting towards the fixed edge. These forces correspond
to F4,y , F5,y , and F6,y acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively; since
the net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts towards the
fixed edge.
First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment,
then calculate the net force acting on each anchor.
Equilibrium relationships for the torsion forces
tan-1 = (6 in / 8 in) = 36.870 cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60
F1 = F3 = F4 = F6 F2 = F5 F2 = (F1) sin F2 = 0.60 (F1)
Solve for the torsion forces acting on each anchor
(F1)(10 in) + (F3)(10 in) + (F4)(10 in) + (F6)(10 in) + (F2)(6 in) + (F5)(6 in)
= 144,000 in-lb
(4F1)(10 in) + (2F2)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(4F1)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F1)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
F1 = 3051 lb F3 = F4 = F6 = 3051 lb
F2 = 0.60 (3051 lb) F2 = F5 = 1831 lb
The applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among each
anchor. Calculate the net force acting on each anchor by summing the torsion
force with the applied shear force. The results are given in the table to the left.
Once the forces acting on each anchor have been determined, the resultant
shear force (Vua) can be calculated. The notes to the left explain the design
assumptions used by PROFIS Anchor to calculate the x and y components of
Vua; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,
along with the forces from the applied shear force acting on each anchor.
Calculate the reultant shear force Vua
Vua,x = F1,x + F4,x = 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
Vua,y = F4,y + F5,y+ F6,y = 1931 lb + 1931 lb + 1931 lb = 5793 lb
Vua = (Vua,x)2 + (Vua,y)2 = (4882 lb)2 + (5793 lb)2 = 7576 lb
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since the
net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts away from the
fixed edge.

335
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge (continued)
Result
Reference
Design Assumptions
Concrete breakout in shear (Vcbg) is calculated for the anchors nearest the
fixed concrete edge (anchors #1 and #4).
The eccentricity (ev) for the resultant shear force (Vua) is assumed to equal
the perpendicular distance from Vua to the centroid of anchors #1 and #4.
Comments
The resultant shear force (Vua) acts eccentrically with respect to the anhors
being considered for the calculation of concrete breakout in shear (Vcbg).
PROFIS Anchor only considers the anchors nearest a fixed edge when
calculating concrete breakout in shear. Therefore, for this example, the
edge distance (ca1) is assumed to equal 6" and the eccentricity (ev) will
be calculated as the distance of Vua from the center of anchors #1 and #4.
Refer to the Design Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more
information about the determination of ca1.
tan-1 = (Vua,y / Vua,x) tan-1 = (5793 lb / 4882 lb) = 49.880
(ev / 6 in) = sin ev = 4.589 in
The equation for nominal concrete breakout strength in shear includes a
modification factor for eccentricity, designated ec,V, which is calculated when
the resultant shear force acts eccentrically with respect to an anchor group.
Once ev has been determined, ec,V can be calculated. Refer to the Design
Guide section on concrete breakout in shear form more information about the
calulation of ec,V.
Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-22) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-31).
Vcbg = (AVc / AVc0) ec,v ed,v c,v h,v Vb
For this example:
ec,v = [1 / (1 + 2ev / 3ca1)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.589 in)/(3)(6 in)))] ec,v = 0.662

336
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge
Result
Reference
Comments

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
Shear force y
3112
2441
1931
1931
1931
3112
-2441
1931
2992
2441
-1731
1731
-1731
2992
-2441
-1731
the shear force acts away from a fixed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
shear force.
acts away from a fixed edge.The example parameters are as follows:
direction.
applied shear force acting away from a fixed edge in the +y direction

337
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge (continued)
Result
Reference
Comments

Anchor
Resultant
Force
Shear Force
in x direction
#1
3112 lb
#2
1931 lb
#3
3112 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
#4
2993 lb
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
#5
1731 lb
#6
2993 lb
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
0 lb
0 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
Shear Force
in y direction
(+)
(3051 lb) sin + 100 lb

1931 lb
(+)
1831 lb + 100 lb
1931 lb
(+)
(3051 lb) sin + 100 lb

1931 lb
(-)
- (3051 lb) sin + 100 lb

1731 lb
(-)
- 1831 lb + 100 lb
1731 lb
(-)
- (3051 lb) sin + 100 lb

1731 lb
Design Assumptions
and F4,x acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x drection
forces acting on anchors # 3 and #6.
The y component of the resultant shear force (Vua,y) corresponds to the net
y direction forces acting towards the fixed edge. These forces correspond
to F4,y , F5,y , and F6,y acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively; since
the net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts towards the
fixed edge.
Equilibrium relationships
tan-1 = (6 in / 8 in) = 36.870 cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60
F1 = F3 = F4 = F6 F2 = F5 F2 = (F1) sin F2 = 0.60 (F1)
= 144,000 in-lb
(4F1)(10 in) + (2F2)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(4F1)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F1)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
F1 = 3051 lb F3 = F4 = F6 = 3051 lb
F2 = 0.60 (3051 lb) F2 = F5 = 1831 lb
Vua,x = F1,x + F4,x = 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
Vua,y = F4,y + F5,y+ F6,y =1731 lb + 1731 lb + 1731 lb = 5193 lb
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since the
net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts away from the
fixed edge.

338
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge (continued)
Result
Reference
Design Assumptions
Comments
(ev / 6 in) = sin ev = 4.372 in
Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more information about the
calulation of ec,V.
For this example:
ec,v = [1 / (1 + 2ev / 3ca1)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.372 in)/(3)(6 in)))] ec,v = 0.673

339
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge

Result
Reference
Comments

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
Shear force y
2971
2341
1831
1833
-100
1831
3131
-2541
1831
2971
2341
-1831
1833
-100
-1831
3131
-2541
-1831
the shear force acts parallel to a fixed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
shear force.
acts parallel to a fixed edge.The example parameters are as follows:
direction.
applied shear force acting parallel to a fixed edge in the -x direction

340
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge (continued)
Result
Reference
Comments

Anchor
Resultant
Force
Shear Force
in x direction
#1
2972 lb
(+)
(+)
#2
1834 lb
(-)
100 lb
#3
3132 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) cos - 100 lb

2541 lb
(+)
(3051 lb) sin

1831 lb
#4
2972 lb
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) cos - 100 lb

2341 lb
(-)
- (3051 lb) sin

1831 lb
#5
1834 lb
(-)
100 lb
#6
3132 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) cos - 100 lb

2541 lb
(3051 lb) cos - 100 lb

2341 lb
Shear Force
in y direction
(+)
(+)
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) sin

1831 lb
1831 lb
1831 lb
(3051 lb) sin
1831 lb
Design Assumptions
The x component of the resultant shear force (Vua,x) corresponds to (a) the
torsion component in the x direction [F(cos )] for the anchors nearest the
fixed edge minus the applied shear force acting on each of these anchors
(100 lb) plus (b) the total applied shear force acting parallel to the fixed
edge (600 lb). The direction of these forces is disregarded when calculating
Vua,x; therefore always subtract the applied shear force acting on each
anchor from the torsion compenent of each anchor regardless of the
direction of the forces. Only anchors #1 and #4 are considered because
they are located nearest the fixed edge.
Equilibrium relationships
tan-1 = (6 in / 8 in) = 36.870 cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60
F1 = F3 = F4 = F6 F2 = F5 F2 = (F1) sin F2 = 0.60 (F1)
= 144,000 in-lb
(4F1)(10 in) + (2F2)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(4F1)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F1)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
F1 = 3051 lb F3 = F4 = F6 = 3051 lb
F2 = 0.60 (3051 lb) F2 = F5 = 1831 lb
Vua,x = [(3051 lb) cos -100 lb] + [(3051 lb) cos -100 lb] +
600 lb = 2341 lb +2341 lb +600 lb =5282 lb
The y component of the resultant shear force (Vua,y) equals the sum of the y
direction forces acting towards the fixed edge. These forces correspond to
F4,y , F5,y , and F6,y acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 because
they act away from the fixed edge.

341
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge (continued)
Result
Reference
Design Assumptions
Comments
(ev / 6 in) = sin ev = 4.325 in
calulation of ec,V.
For this example:
ec,v = [1 / (1 + 2ev / 3ca1)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.325 in)/(3)(6 in)))] ec,v = 0.675

342
Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge

Result
Reference
Comments

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
Shear force y
3051
2441
1831
1831
1831
3051
-2441
1831
3051
2441
-1831
1831
-1831
3051
-2441
-1831
When a torsion moment acts on an anchorage, PROFIS Anchor calculates a

acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment.
torsion moment acts on the anchorage near a fixed edge.
The example parameters are as follows:
direction.

343
Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge (continued)

Result
Reference
Comments
First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment.
Anchor
Resultant
Force
Shear Force
in x direction
#1
3051 lb
#2
1831 lb
#3
3051 lb
(-)
(-)
#4
3051 lb
#5
1831 lb
#6
3051 lb
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
Shear Force
in y direction
Equilibrium relationships for the torsion forces

tan-1 = (6 in / 8 in) = 36.870 cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) sin

1831 lb
(+)
1831 lb
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) sin

1831 lb
(+)
(+)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) sin

1831 lb
(-)
1831 lb
F1 = 3051 lb F3 = F4 = F6 = 3051 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) cos

2441 lb
(-)
(-)
(3051 lb) sin

1831 lb
F2 = 0.60 (3051 lb) F2 = F5 = 1831 lb
0 lb
0 lb
Design Assumptions
and F4,x acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x direction
forces acting on anchors #3 and #6.
The y component of the resultant shear force (Vua,y) corresponds to the y
direction forces acting towards the fixed edge. These forces correspond to
F4,y , F5,y , and F6,y acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively.
F1 = F3 = F4 = F6 F2 = F5 F2 = (F1) sin F2 = 0.60 (F1)

= 144,000 in-lb
(4F1)(10 in) + (2F2)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(4F1)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F1)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
The results are given in the table to the left.
Vua; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,.
Vua,x = F1,x + F4,x = 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since

these forces act away from the fixed edge.

344
Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge (continued)

Result
Reference
Design Assumptions
Comments
(ev / 6 in) = sin ev = 4.485 in
calulation of ec,V.
For this example:
ec,v = [1 / (1 + 2ev / 3ca1)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.485 in)/(3)(6 in)))] ec,v = 0.667

345
Interaction Calculations
calculations when combined tension and shear act on the
connection.
Equations Tri-Linear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Equations Parabolic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Calculations % Utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
346
Equations Tri-Linear
Equations
Reference
ACI 318-08, Part D.7.3 EQ. (D-32)
N V
ua
ua
_____
+ ____
1.2
NN VN
Comments
PROFIS Anchor checks the interaction of tension and shear forces using a
tri-linear equation and a parabolic equation. The equation that provides
optimal results will be shown in the Design Report. The calculation results
using the appropriate equation will be shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
If both equations satisfy the interaction criteria, PROFIS Anchor defaults to
using the parabolic equation.
The tri-linear equation corresponds to EQ. (D-32) in Appendix D. The sum of
the tension and shear ratios is limited to 1.2.
The variable shown in the Design Report corresponds to the factor to which
each ratio will be raised. Per RD.7, can range between 1.0 and 2.0.
= 1.0 when the tri-linear equation is used to calculate the tension/shear
interaction.
5. Combined tension and shear loads

N = Nu/Nn
V = Vu/Vn
Utilization N,V [%]
Status
0.996
0.147
95
OK
NV = (N + V) / 1.2 1
When = 1.0, a dash (-) is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.

The results to the left were calculated using the tri-linear interaction equation
as follows:
N + V = 0.996 + 0.147 = 1.14
(N + V)
________
= N,V [%]
1.2
1.14
_____ = 0.95
1.2
Equations Parabolic
Equations
Reference
ACI 318-08, Part RD.7
N 5/3 V 5/3
ua
ua
_____
+ ____
1.0
NN
VN
Comments
PROFIS Anchor checks the interaction of tension and shear forces using a
tri-linear equation and a parabolic equation. The equation that provides
optimal results will be shown in the Design Report. The calculation results
using the appropriate equation will be shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
If both equations satisfy the interaction criteria, PROFIS Anchor defaults to
using the parabolic equation.
The parabolic equation corresponds to the equation shown in RD.7. The sum
of the tension and shear ratios is limited to 1.0.
The variable shown in RD.7 corresponds to the factor to which each ratio
will be raised. Per RD.7, can range between 1.0 and 2.0.

N = Nu/Nn
V = Vu/Vn
Utilization N,V [%]
Status
0.575
0.732
5/3
99
OK
NV = N + V 1
= 5/3 when the parabolic equation is used to calculate the tension/shear

interaction.
is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
The results to the left were calculated using the parabolic interaction equation
as follows:
N5/3 + V5/3 = (0.575)5/3 + (0.732)5/3 = 0.993

(N + V)
________
= N,V [%] = 0.99
1.0
347
Calculations % Utilization
Calculation
Reference
Design Report, Part 5 - Combined tension and shear loads
Comments
PROFIS Anchor designates the ratio of (factored load/design strength) for
tension as N. This value is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report as:
N = Nu / NN
PROFIS Anchor designates the ratio of (factored load/design strength) for
shear as V. This value is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report as:
V = Vu / VN
PROFIS Anchor designates the sum of N + V as N,V, which corresponds to
the % utilization.
(N) + (V) = N,V
The % utilization is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
If the value for N,V, expressed as a percentage, is the controlling interaction
equation limit, the Design Report shows this value in Part 5 of the Design
Report under the heading:
Utilization N,V [%].
The term OK will be given under the heading Status.

N = Nu/Nn
V = Vu/Vn
Utilization N,V [%]
Status
0.549
0.499
5/3
68
OK
The results to the left were calculated using the parabolic interaction equation
as follows:
N5/3 + V5/3 = (0.549)5/3 + (0.499)5/3 = 0.682
(N + V)
________ = [%] = 0.68
N,V
1.0
Since N5/3 + V5/3 < 1.0 the interaction requirements have been satisfied using
this equation.
N = Nu/Nn
V = Vu/Vn
Utilization N,V [%]
Status
If the value for N,V, expressed as a percentage, is > the controlling interaction
equation limit, the Design Report will not show any value in Part 5 under the
heading:
1.082
0.506
not recommended
Utilization N,V [%].
The results to the left were calculated using both the parabolic interaction
equation and the tri-linear equation as follows:
NV = (N + V) / 1.2 1
The term not recommended will
be given under the heading Status.

parabolic equation: N5/3 + V5/3 = (1.082)5/3 + (0.506)5/3 = 1.461 > 1.0

tri-linear equation: N + V = 1.082 + 0.506 = 1.588 > 1.2
348
Base Plate Calculations

This section explains how PROFIS Anchor uses the base plate
properties to determine forces acting on the anchors, and to
consider the effects of eccentricity on the tension capacity of
the anchorage.
Design Assumptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Tension Forces on the Anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Tension Eccentricity Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

349
PROFIS Anchor Design Assumptions for Base Plate Calculations

Design Assumptions
PROFIS Anchor base plate calculations are performed to determine the tension forces acting on anchors. The base plate dimensions are utilized in conjunction with the forces acting on the anchorage to determine which anchors are in
tension, and the magnitude of the force acting on each anchor in tension. PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the base plate is rigid, which means that it assumes the stiffness of the base plate is greater than the stiffness of the anchors.
This permits a linear elastic stress/strain distribution to be utilized in conjunction with compatibility equations and statics to locate the neutral axis. A finite element program is used to perform these calculations. PROFIS Anchor does not
perform any analysis or design for anchors determined to be in compression. Analysis and design related to compression conditions such as buckling are beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor.
PROFIS Anchor base plate calculations can be summarized as follows:
Locate the neutral axis using the finite element program.
Determine the compressive stress in the concrete beneath the base plate.
Determine the resultant tension and resultant compression forces acting on the anchorage.
Determine the force distribution on the anchors in tension.
Determine the eccentricity of the resultant tension force with respect to the center of gravity for the anchors that are in tension.
PROFIS Anchor base plate calculations do not consider the following:
PROFIS Anchor does not calculate a base plate thickness to resist the forces acting on the anchorage. Users can input any base plate thickness. A default base plate thickness is utilized by the finite element program to proportion
the finite element nodes. The base plate is always assumed to be rigid in order to permit a linear elastic stress/strain distribution to be utilized.
PROFIS Anchor does not consider the profile shape when locating the neutral axis. Users can input any profile shape, or no profile shape.
PROFIS Anchor does not calculate the bearing strength of the concrete. It calculates the compressive stress in the concrete beneath the base plate for the length and width that have been input, and for the forces that have been
input, assuming the base plate is rigid.
PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software program for base plate design !! Base plate calculations are performed to determine the tension forces acting on anchors.

350
Design Assumptions (continued)

1 Input data
Anchor type and diameter:
HIT-HY 200 + HAS 1
Part 1 Input data in the PROFIS Anchor design report shows the base plate
geometry input by the user. The main screen shows the factored loads input
by the user, and the anchorage geometry.
Effective embedment depth:
hef,act = 15.000 in. (hef,limit = - in.)
Material:
5.8
Evaluation Service Report:
ESR-3187
Issued I Valid:
4/1/2013 | 3/1/2014
Proof:
design method ACI 318 / AC308
Stand-off installation:
eb = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 1.000 in.
A
nchor plate tab: input base plate geometry and stand-off
conditions.
A
nchor layout tab: input anchor geometry.
Anchor plate:
Ix x Iy x t = 24.000 in. x 12.000 in. x 1.000 in.; (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated)
Profile:
no profile
Base material:
cracked concrete, 4000, fc = 4000 psi; h = 420.000 in., Temp. short.long: 32/32 F
Installation:
hammer drilled hole, installation condition: dry
Reinforcement:
tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present

edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar
no
Geometry and loads, along with additional parameters, can be input as

follows:
B
ase material tab: input concrete compressive strength, geometry
and installation parameters.
P
rofiles tab: select a profile type and locate it on the base plate.
L
oads tab: select a design method (Strength Design or Allowable
Stress Design) and load condition (seismic or non-seismic).
Anchor embedment depth is input via the Results pane.
For more information on how to navigate in PROFIS Anchor and utilize the
various tabs, go to the PROFIS Anchor tutorials.
Geometry and loads can also be input directly via the main screen.
Click on the View tab and check the parameters in the box titled Model
designations to show that parameter on the main screen.
To input a parameter on the main screen, place the cursor over it and type in
a value. Click the Enter key or double click on your left mouse to save the
value.
PROFIS Anchor calculations for a selected design method assume the loads
that have been input are consistent with the provisions for that method. It is the
responsibility of the user to input loads that are relevant for the design method
that has been selected. PROFIS Anchor does not apply load factors, nor does
it convert strength design results into allowable loads.

351
Tension Forces on the Anchors

Result
Reference
Comments
The base plate neutral axis must be located in order to determine the
following:

which anchors are in tension and which anchors are in compression.
the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression

forces.

Anchor
Tension
force
Shear force
Shear
force x
Shear
force y
19421
6656
19421
6656

0.23 [%]
986 [psi]
52154 [lb]
22154 [lb]
the magnitude of the tension force acting on each anchor that is in

tension.
the eccentricity of the resultant tension force with respect to the center
of gravity for the anchors that are in tension.
Using the forces, moments and base plate geometry that have been input,
PROFIS Anchor calculates the resultant forces acting on the anchorage.
Part 2 of the design report shows the magnitude and location of the resultant
tension and compression forces, as well as the magnitude of the tension
force on each anchor that is in tension. PROFIS Anchor does not perform any
calculations for anchors determined to be in compression. Resultant shear
forces will also be shown if the forces that are input include shear forces in
the x direction and/or y direction and/or torsion about the z axis. Refer to
the Design Guide section on Factored Loads for more information about
PROFIS Anchor resultant shear force calculations.
Given the applied axial forces, and the moments acting about the x/y axes
of the base plate; statics can be used to develop equations for calculating
the location of the neutral axis on the base plate. The application, however,
is statically indeterminate since the location of the neutral axis and the
magnitude of the resultant forces are unknown. Assuming the base plate
is rigid, a linear-elastic stress/strain relationship can be assumed, and
compatibility equations can be used to provide the additional equations
necessary to solve for the neutral axis location.
Once the neutral axis has been located, the compressive stress in the
concrete beneath the base plate can be calculated, and subsequently,
the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces can be
calculated. Once the resultant forces are known, the tension forces acting on
each anchor can be calculated, and the eccentricity of the resultant tension
force with respect to the anchors that are in tension can be calculated.
The following example will be used to explain how PROFIS Anchor
calculates resultant tension and compression forces for an anchorage, and
the corresponding tension forces on each anchor in tension. The example
consists of the following:
six Hilti HAS 5.8 carbon steel threaded rods having a diameter = 1" and
a tensile stress area (Ase) = 0.6057 in2/rod.
the anchors are spaced at 12" and 8" in the x direction.
the anchors are spaced at 8" in the y direction.
baseplate having dimensions 12" x 2'-0" x 1".
applied axial tension force = 30,000 lb.
applied moment acting about the y axis = 600,000 in-lb.
concrete compressive strength = 4000 lb/in2
The images to the left show how loads can be input for PROFIS Anchor
ACI 318-11 provisions.

352
Tension Forces on the Anchors (continued)

Result
Reference
Compatibility Equations
PL
AE
T14
A14
T25
A25
c
Es
Ec
"L"
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
(T14) (L)
(A14) (Es)
(T25) (L)
(A25) (Es)
Comments
(c) (L)
(Ec)
tension force acting on anchors 1 and 4

tensile stress area for anchors 1 and 4
(2) (0.6057 in2)
1.2114 in2
tension force acting on anchors 2 and 5
tensile stress area for anchors 2 and 5
(2) (0.6057 in2)
1.2114 in2
compression stress in the concrete beneath
the base plate
29,000,000 lb/in2
30,000 Mpa*
4,351,200 lb/in2
*PROFIS Anchor does not calculate Ec per
ACI 318 Part 8.5.1. It uses the European
value for Ec = 30,000 MPa.
"Length" = unity

The location of the neutral axis, defined by "x" in the illustration to the left,
is unknown. Likewise, the tension forces acting on the anchors, and the
compressive stress in the concrete beneath the base plate are unknown.
The application, therefore, is statically indeterminate; however, compatibility
equations can be used to obtain the necessary equilibrium relationships that
will permit determination of the tension forces acting on the anchors.
(T14) (L)
(T25) (L)
(A14) (Es)
(A25) (Es)
(22 - x)
(c) (L)
(Ec)
(10 - x)
(x)
(Equation 1)
(T14)
(A14) (Es)
(c) (22 - x)
(Ec) (x)
(T ) = ( ) (22(E- x)) (x)(A ) (E ) (T ) =(8.064) (22(x) - x) ( )

c
14
14
14
(Equation 2)
(T25)
(A25) (Es)
(c) (10 - x)
(Ec) (x)
(T ) = ( ) (10(E- x)) (x)(A ) (E ) (T ) =(8.064) (10(x) - x) ( )

c
25
25
25
353

Result
Reference
Comments
(T14) =
(T25) =
(8.064) (22 - x) (c)

(x)
(8.064) (10 - x) (c)
(x)
Using statics, and Equations 1 and 2, additional equations can be developed that express the compressive
stress in the concrete beneath the base plate (c) in terms of the neutral axis term (x).
(Equation 1)
Fz = 0 +
[ (0.5) (c) (x) (12) ] + 30,000 - T 14 - T 25 = 0
(Equation 2)
[(0.5 (c) (x) (12)] + 30,000 -
(8.064) (22-x) (c)

(x)
(8.064) (10-x) (c)

(x)
=0
(6c) x2 + (30,000) x - (177.408c) + (8.064c) x - (80.64c) + (8.064c) x = 0

(6c) x2 + (30,000) x - (258.05c) + (16.128c) x = 0
c [6x2 + (16.128) x - 258.05] = - (30,000) x
c =
-(30,000) x
(Equation 3)
[6x2 + (16.128) x - 258.05]
My = 0 +
[(0.5) (c) (x) (12) (0.67x)] + T 14 (22-x) + T 25 (10 -x) - (30,000) (12 -x) - 600,000 = 0
[(0.5 (c) (x) (12) (0.67x)] +
(8.064) (22-x) (c)

(x)
(22-x) +
(8.064) (10-x) (c)

(x)
(10-x) - (30,000) (12 - x) - 600,000 =0
(4c) x3 + (8.064c) (22 - x)2 + (8.064c) (10 - x)2- (360,000)x + (30,000)x2 - (600,000) x = 0
c [4x3 + (8.064) (22 - x)2 + (8.064) (10 - x)2 ] = (960,000)x - (30,000)x2
c =

(960,000) x - (30,000)x2
4x3 + (8.064) (22 - x)2 + (8.064) (10 - x)2
(Equation 4)
354

Result
Reference
Comments
Set Equation 3 equal to Equation 4 and solve for "x", the location of the neutral axis. This is a
trial and error process using various values for x until the value calculated for Equation 3 equals
the value calculated for Equation 4.
Once the value for x is known, the concrete compressive stress (c) beneath the base plate can
be calculated.
Once c is known, the tension forces acting on the anchors (T14 and T25) can be calculated.
Finally, once T14 and T25 are known; the tension forces acting on anchors
1 and 4, 2 and 5 can be calculated.
The resultant tension force equals the sum of the tension forces acting on anchors 1, 2, 4
and 5. This value will be compared to the calculated tension capacities for concrete breakout
strength and bond strength (NN > Nua). The highest tension force acting on a single anchor, i.e.
the highest force acting on anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5, will be compared to the calculated tension
capacity for steel strength (Nsa > Nua,i).
(Equation 3)
-(30,000)x
[6x2 + (16.128)x - 258.05]
=
=
(Equation 4)
(960,000)x - (30,000)x2
[4x3 + (8.064) (22 -x)2 +(8.064) (10 -x)2 ]
Try x = 3.75 in.
-(30,000) (3.75)
(6) (3.75) + (16.128) (3.75) - 258.05
2
units are lb/in2

993.86
(960,000) (3.75) - (30,000) (3.75)2

(4) (3.75) + (8.064) (22 - 3.75)2 + (8.064) (10 -3.75)2
3
989.53
OK
355

Result
Reference
Comments
(T14) =
(8.064) (22 - x) (c)

(x)
Solve for the tension forces acting on anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5. Assume the value for c = the
average of the calculation results when x = 3.75.
(Equation 1)
c =
T14 = T1 + T4 where T1 = T4
993.86 lb/in2 + 989.53 lb/in2
From (Equation 1) using

x = 3.75 in and c = 992 lb/in2:
(T25) =
(8.064) (10 - x) (c)

(x)
2
T14 =
T25 = T2 + T5 where T2 = T5
(8.064 in2) (22 in - 3.75 in) (992 lb/in2)

3.75 in
T1 = T4 =
(Equation 2)
From (Equation 2) using
x = 3.75 in and c = 992 lb/in2:
T25 =
T14
2
T =T
1
3.75 in
T25
2
T =T
2
= 38,930 lb
= 19,465 lb
(8.064 in2) (10 in - 3.75 in) (992 lb/in2)
T2 = T5 =
= 992 lb/in2
= 13,332 lb
= 6,666 lb
356

Result
Reference
Comments
Check for static equilibrium using the values calculated for T14 and T25. The resultant
compression force (C) equals the volume under the base plate in the compression zone.
F:
30,000 lb + C = T14 + T 25
30,000 lb + 22,320 lb = 38,930 lb + 13,332 lb
52,320 lb = 52,262 lb
difference = 58 lb
M:
0% OK
(T14) (18.25 in) + (T25) (6.25 in) + (C) (2.50 in) = (30,000 lb) (8.25 in) + 600,000 in-lb
T14 = 38,930,lb
710,472 in-lb + 83,325 in-lb + 55,800 in-lb = 247,500 in-lb + 600,000 in-lb
T25 = 13,332 lb
849,597 in-lb = 847,500 in-lb
= (0.5) (c) (x) (base plate width)
difference = 2097 in-lb
0.25% OK
= (0.5) (992 lb/in2) (3.75 in) (12 in)

= 22,320 lb
The PROFIS Anchor design report shows the resultant forces acting on the anchors in tension,
as well as the resultant compression force and concrete compressive stress calculated using the
above design assumptions. Refer to Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces in the design
report.

Load case:Design loads
Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
19421
Shear force y
0
6656
19421
6656

resulting compression force in (x/y)=(-10.752/0.000):
Part 2 of the design report also shows the location of the resultant tension and compression
forces with respect to the center of gravity for the base plate. PROFIS Anchor does not perform
any calculations for anchors determined to be in compression.
For more information about resultant shear force calculations, go to the Design Guide section
titled Factored Load Calculations.
0.23 [%]
986 [psi]
52154 [lb]
22154 [lb]

357
Tension Eccentricity Calculations

Result
Reference
T14 = 38,930,lb
T25 = 13,332 lb
C
= (0.5) (c) (x) (baseplate width)

= (0.5) (992 lb/in2) (3.75 in) (12 in)
Comments
The tension eccentricity (eN) calculated for concrete breakout strength and
bond strength is defined as the distance of the resultant tension force from
the centroid of the anchors that are in tension. The resultant tension force
for this application equals T14 + T25. The resultant force location can be
determined as follows. Refer to the section Tension Forces on the Anchors
for an explanation of how c, x, T14 and T25 were calculated.
TR
= 22,320 lb
M:
T14 + T25
38,930 lb + 13,332 lb
52,262 lb
(TR) (L) + (C) (2.50 in) = (30,000 lb) (8.25 in) + 600,000 in-lb
(52,262 lb) (L) = 247,500 in-lb + 600,000 in-lb - 55,800 in-lb
L = 15.15 in
L- (4 in + 2 in + 6.25) = 2.90 in
TR is located 2.90" in the -x direction from the center of gravity for the
anchors that are in tension. Therefore, the tension eccentricity (eN) equals
2.90 in. The PROFIS Anchor design report will denote this value as ec1,N
because it corresponds to eccentricity in the x direction. The design report
denotes tension eccentricity in the y direction as ec2,N . Tension eccentricity
is used to calculate the modification factors ec,N and ec,Na for concrete
breakout strength in tension and bond strength respectively.

TR is also located 6.90" in the -x direction from the center of gravity for the
base plate.
Load case:Design loads

eN = 2.90 in

Anchor
Tension force
Shear force
Shear force x
Shear force y
19421
6656
19421
6656

2.90 in + 4 in = 6.90 in
Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces in the PROFIS Anchor design
report shows the location of TR with respect to the center of gravity for the
base plate. The coordinates used to define the location of resultant forces are
given with respect to the center of gravity of the base plate. Therefore, the
coordinates for TR are given in Part 2 of the design report as (-6.937, 0.000)
because tension eccentricity only exists in the x direction. The difference in
values shown in the design report versus the calculations above are the result
of the hand calculation results being rounded.
0.23 [%]
986 [psi]
52154 [lb]
22154 [lb]

358
Tension Eccentricity Calculations (continued)

Result
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-11 Appendix D

Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension
D.5.2.4 The modification factor for anchor groups loaded eccentrically in
tension, ec,N , shall be computed as
ec,N =
1
1+
2eN
3hef
(D-8)
Once the value for tension eccentricity (eN) is known, the modification factors
ec,N and ec,Na can be calculated for concrete breakout strength in tension
and bond strength respectively. ACI 318-11 D.5.2.4 and D.5.5.3 both have
an additional clause, not shown to the left, which addresses eccentricity
with respect to both the x and y axes. For these cases, ec is is calculated
for each eccentricity condition and the results are multiplied together. This
value is then used in equation (D-4) for calculating nominal concrete breakout
strength, and equation (D-19) for calculating nominal bond strength, as
relevant to the application.
Modification factor for Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension
assumes hef = 15.00"
but ec,N shall not be taken greater than 1.0.

If the loading on an anchor group is such that only some anchors are in
tension, only those anchors that are in tension shall be considered when
determining the eccentricity eN for use in Eq. (D-8) and for the calculation of
Ncbg according to Eq. (D-4).
Bond Strength in Tension
ec,N =
1+
(2) (2.90")
(3) (15.00")
(D-8)
ec,N = 0.886
Modification factor for Bond Strength in Tension
D.5.5.3 The modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded

eccentrically in tension, ec,Na , shall be computed as
ec,Na =
1
1+
eN
cNa
(D-23)
assumes cNa = 13.07"

ec,Na =
1
1+
2.90"
13.07"
(D-23)
ec,Na = 0.818
but ec,Na shall not be taken greater than 1.0.
If the loading on an adhesive anchor group is such that only some adhesive
anchors are in tension, only those adhesive anchors that are in tension shall
be considered when determining the eccentricity eN for use in Eq. (D-23) and
for the calculation of Nag according to Eq. (D-19).

359

Result
Reference
Comments
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-4)
Concrete breakout strength calculations in tension are given in Part 3.4 of the
PROFIS Anchor design report. The illustration to the left has been edited from
the design report to show parameters relevant to eccentricity when concrete
breakout strength is being calculated in tension.
3.4 Concrete Breakout Strength

Ncbg =
ec,Na =
( )
ANc
ANc 0
ec,N ed,N c,N cp,N Nb
1
1 + 2eN
3hef
Tension eccentricity in the x direction is designated ec1,N. The corresponding

eccentricity modification factor is designated ec1,N.
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8)
1.0
Tension eccentricity in the y direction is designated ec2,N. The corresponding

eccentricity modification factor is designated ec2,N.
If eccentricity exists in both the x and y directions, the values calculated for
ec1,N and ec,2,N will be multiplied together, and the resulting value would be
used in Equation (D-4) to calculate the nominal concrete breakout strength in
tension.
Variables
hef [in.]
ec1,N [in.]
ec2,N [in.]
ca,min [in.]
c,N
15.000
2.937
0.000
1.000
This design example only has eccentricity with respect to the x direction.
Therefore, only values for ec1,N and ec1,N are calculated in Part 3.4 of the
design report, and the value for ec1,N is used to calculate the nominal
concrete breakout strength per Equation (D-4).
Calculations
ANc [in.2]
ANc0 [in.2]
ec1,N
ec2,N
ed,N
cp,N
Nb [lb]
3021.00
2025.00
0.885
1.000
1.000
1.000
62462
Ncbg [lb]
concrete
Ncbg [lb]
Nua [lb]
82424
0.650
53576
52154
Note that the value for the resultant tension force (= 52,154 lb) corresponds
to the value shown for the parameter Nua, since the resultant tension force
equals the total factored tension force acting on the anchors in the group.
Results

360

Result
Reference
3.2 Bond Strength

Nag =
ANa
ANa0
cNa = 10d
a
ec,Na =
1 + eN
cNa
ec1,Na ec2,Na ed,Na cp,Na Nba
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-19)
Comments
Bond strength calculations in tension are given in Part 3.2 of the PROFIS
Anchor design report. The illustration to the left has been edited from the
design report to show parameters relevant to eccentricity when bond
strength is being calculated in tension.
Tension eccentricity in the x direction is designated ec1,N. The corresponding
eccentricity modification factor is designated ec1,Na.
uncr
1100
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-21)
Tension eccentricity in the y direction is designated ec2,N. The corresponding

eccentricity modification factor is designated ec2,Na.
If eccentricity exists in both the x and y directions, the values calculated for
ec1,Na and ec,2,Na will be multiplied together, and the resulting value would be
used in Equation (D-19) to calculate the nominal bond strength in tension.
1.0
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-23)
Variables
tk,c,uncr [psi]
da [in.]
hef [in.]
ca,min [in.]
tk,c [psi]
1880
1.000
15.000
904
ec1,N [in.]
ec2,N [in.]
cac [in.]
kbond
2.937
0.000
25.427
1.00
1.000
cNa [in.]
ANa [in.2]
ANa0 [in.2]
ed,Na
13.013
1293.85
677.34
1.000
ec1,Na
ec2,Na
cp,Na
Nba [lb]
0.816
1.000
1.000
42614
Nag [lb]
bond
Nag [lb]
Nua [lb]
66411
0.650
43167
52154
This design example only has eccentricity with respect to the x direction.
Therefore, only values for ec1,N and ec1,Na are calculated in Part 3.2 of the
design report, and the value for ec1,Na is used to calculate the nominal bond
strength per Equation (D-19).
Note that the value for the resultant tension force (= 52,154 lb) corresponds
to the value shown for the parameter Nua, since the resultant tension force
equals the total factored tension force acting on the anchors in the group.
Calculations
Results

361

HILTI PROFIS Anchor Design Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HILTI PROFIS Anchor Design Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HILTI PROFIS Anchor Design Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the document about?

What is the document about?

What parameters are considered for calculating concrete breakout strength in tension?

What parameters are considered for calculating concrete breakout strength in tension?

PROFIS Anchor

Anchor design at a click.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength . . .14

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors . . . . . . .62

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . 70.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . .143

Shear Steel Strength . . . . . . .131

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls . . . . . . .172

Results Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm . . . . . . .197

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

ACI 318-08 Seismic Provisions . . . . . . .216

ACI 318-11 Provisions. . . . . . . . 228

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Factored Load Calculations

Load Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Interaction Calculations . . . . . . .346

Base Plate Calculations . . . . . . .349

ACI 318-11 Sustained Load Provisions . . . . . . .324

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension Steel Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors. . . . . 62

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension Steel Strength

Equations Nsa cast-in-place

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3)

Nsa = nAse,N futa

Equations Nsa post-installed

Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

When designing post-installed anchors, PROFIS Anchor uses a pre-calculated

Nsa = see ICC-ES ESR-xxxx

Equations Nsa versus Nua

Nsa > Nua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1)

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension Steel Strength

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3)

Ase,N is the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor in tension. Values

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3)

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3)

PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 to calculate Nsa because some of the

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension Steel Strength

cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3)

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension Steel Strength

cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3)

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension Steel Strength

Results Nua (continued)

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Steel Strength in Part 3.